WO2020215796A1 - 一种通信方法及设备 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020215796A1
WO2020215796A1 PCT/CN2019/130433 CN2019130433W WO2020215796A1 WO 2020215796 A1 WO2020215796 A1 WO 2020215796A1 CN 2019130433 W CN2019130433 W CN 2019130433W WO 2020215796 A1 WO2020215796 A1 WO 2020215796A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
logical channel
carrier
association relationship
logical
mac entity
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/130433
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
许斌
曹振臻
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to AU2019442572A priority Critical patent/AU2019442572B2/en
Priority to EP19926359.1A priority patent/EP3952515A4/en
Publication of WO2020215796A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020215796A1/zh
Priority to US17/507,508 priority patent/US20220046754A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/08—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by repeating transmission, e.g. Verdan system
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0096—Indication of changes in allocation
    • H04L5/0098—Signalling of the activation or deactivation of component carriers, subcarriers or frequency bands
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/06—Optimizing the usage of the radio link, e.g. header compression, information sizing, discarding information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W80/00—Wireless network protocols or protocol adaptations to wireless operation
    • H04W80/02—Data link layer protocols

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) duplication transmission function is introduced.
  • PDCP repeated transmission usually refers to copying the data packets carried by the radio into two identical packets (that is, repeated packets) at the PDCP layer, and then submitting the two data packets to two different radio link control (radio link control).
  • RLC radio link control
  • RLC media access control
  • MAC media access control
  • the original data packet and the copied data packet transmitted to the MAC layer cannot be transmitted on the same carrier, and therefore cannot be transmitted through the same MAC protocol data unit (PDU), because only through Different MAC PDUs are transmitted on different carriers, and the loss of one MAC PDU will not affect the transmission of the other MAC PDU, which is equivalent to double the reliability.
  • PDU MAC protocol data unit
  • PDCP repeated transmission is limited to one radio bearer to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer through two RLC entities and two logical channels.
  • the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier may be configured for each logical channel. Ensure that the data of different logical channels are transmitted on different carriers.
  • the association relationship may change.
  • PDCP repeated transmission is not limited to two RLC entities and two logical channels, after a logical channel is deactivated, how to change the association relationship between the remaining logical channels and the carrier is still an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device to solve the technical problem of which carriers should be used for the remaining logical channels after a logical channel is deactivated.
  • a first communication method includes: receiving first signaling, the first signaling being used to indicate that a first logical channel is deactivated; and according to the activated logical channel and the first Whether the logical channel belongs to the same MAC entity, determining whether the association relationship between the active logical channel and the carrier is applicable, the first logical channel and the active logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and
  • the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the first logical channel if the first logical channel is deactivated, it can be determined whether the remaining activated logical channels and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity. Whether the correlation between the carriers is applicable. It can be seen that through the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, after a logical channel is deactivated, it is possible to clarify which carriers should be used by the remaining logical channels, so that the terminal device can perform correct operations.
  • the logical channel in the active state and the carrier are determined according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity. Whether the association relationship between the two is applicable includes: when the second logical channel in the activated state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, determining that the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not applicable.
  • the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not applicable, so Can increase system capacity.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application after a logical channel is deactivated, it is also possible to clarify which carriers should be used by the remaining activated logical channels, so that the terminal device can perform correct operations.
  • the method further includes: determining that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through a first type of carrier, and the first type of carrier includes All the carriers corresponding to the MAC entity, or the first-type carriers include carriers that have an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation, and carriers that have an association relationship with the second logical channel.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier is not applicable, and it can also be described as the carrier or carriers on which the data carried by the logical channel is specifically transmitted, and is not limited by the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier. Then, if the terminal device determines that the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not applicable, the terminal device may also determine that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through the first type carrier of the MAC entity.
  • the first type of carrier includes all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity.
  • all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity include carriers that have an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation, and carriers that have an association relationship with the second logical channel.
  • the first type of carrier may also include a carrier having an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation and a carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel. In this case, if the MAC entity corresponds to other logical channels in addition to the first logical channel and the second logical channel, the first type of carrier does not include carriers that have an association relationship with these other logical channels. And, if the MAC entity also includes available carriers that are not associated with any logical channel, the first type of carrier does not include such carriers.
  • the logical channel in the active state and the carrier are determined according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity. Whether the relationship between is applicable, including:
  • the active logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of active logical channels is 1, it is determined that the active logical channel is between the carrier The relationship of is not applicable; or,
  • the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, it is determined to be used for transmitting the active state according to the first information
  • the carrier of the data packet carried by the logical channel, wherein the first information is obtained from the first signaling, or the first information is preset information.
  • the active logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of active logical channels is 1, then it can be determined whether the active logical channel and the carrier The association relationship between them is not applicable.
  • the logical channel in the active state can use all the carriers of the MAC entity, which can increase the system capacity. Or, if the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, but the number of logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, then if the association relationship between the active logical channel and the carrier is not applicable , It is possible that different logical channels in the active state will select the same carrier, which makes it impossible to play the role of PDCP repeated transmission.
  • the association relationship between the active logical channel and the carrier can continue Applicable, or the association relationship between the active logical channel and the carrier can also be determined according to the first information, so as to ensure that the PDCP repeated transmission function can be completed as much as possible.
  • the logical channel in the active state and the carrier are determined according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity. Whether the association relationship between is applicable, including: when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel do not belong to the same MAC entity, the association relationship between the logical channel in the active state and the carrier continues Be applicable.
  • a second communication method includes: determining to deactivate a first logical channel; sending first signaling to a terminal device, where the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel, To instruct the terminal device to determine whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity.
  • the method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, Determining whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable includes:
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine that when the second logical channel in the activated state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, it is determined that the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not Be applicable.
  • the first signaling further instructs the terminal device to determine that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through the first type of carrier
  • the first type of carrier includes all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity, or the first type of carrier includes a carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation and an association with the second logical channel The carrier of the relationship.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, Determining whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable includes:
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is one
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is not applicable; or,
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is greater than one
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier continues to apply; or,
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device, when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, according to
  • the first information determines the carrier used to transmit the data packet carried by the logical channel in the active state, wherein the first information is obtained from the first signaling, or the first information is preset information.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, Determining whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable includes:
  • the first signaling indicates to the terminal device that when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel do not belong to the same MAC entity, the association between the logical channel in the active state and the carrier The relationship continues to apply.
  • a third communication method includes: receiving first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate that a first logical channel is activated or deactivated; according to the first signaling, determining wireless Carrying the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and carriers, the radio bearer is the radio bearer to which the first logical channel belongs, and the radio is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the method may be executed by a third communication device, and the third communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the network device can indicate the association relationship between the logical signal and the carrier through the first signaling, which reduces the possibility of errors in the repeated PDCP transmission process, and the indication method is clear. And by this way of re-changing the association relationship between the logical signal and the carrier, the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel can be associated with other logical channels to re-establish the association relationship, so that these carriers can be used, which is helpful To increase system capacity.
  • the first signaling further carries an identifier, and according to the first signaling, the relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier is determined.
  • Association relationship including:
  • the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier is determined.
  • the network device can explicitly indicate the association relationship between the logical signal and the carrier through the identifier.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the association relationship can be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or specified by the agreement , Then the network device only needs to carry the identifier in the first signaling, and does not need to carry the specific association relationship, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is 1, and the identifiers are used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier; or,
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is less than or equal to the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer, and one of the identifiers is used to indicate an association relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier.
  • one or more identifications can be set for a logical channel, each of which corresponds to an association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
  • the first signaling needs to indicate the association relationship between which logical channel and the carrier, and the identifier corresponding to the logical channel can be carried in the first signaling.
  • the indication method is clear, simple and straightforward.
  • one or more identifications can be set for all logical channels of a radio bearer, or in other words, one or more identifications can be set for a radio bearer, one of which corresponds to the radio An association relationship between all logical channels carried and carriers. In this way, all logical channels only need to correspond to the same identifier, then the first signaling only needs to carry one identifier to indicate the association relationship between all activated logical channels and carriers, which helps save signaling Overhead.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first association relationship includes the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier, wherein one identifier is used to indicate the relationship between a logical channel and the carrier Or, an identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between all logical channels and carriers.
  • the network device can first send the corresponding relationship to the terminal device, so that the subsequent network device only needs to carry the corresponding identifier in the first signaling, and the terminal device can determine the logic according to the identifier carried in the first signaling and the corresponding relationship. Correspondence between channel and carrier.
  • a fourth communication method comprising: determining the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated,
  • the radio bearer is the radio bearer to which the first logical channel belongs, and the radio is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function; sending a first signaling to a terminal device, the first signaling is used to indicate the first The logical channel is activated or deactivated, and the first signaling is also used to indicate that after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, each logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer is The relationship between the carriers.
  • the method may be executed by a fourth communication device, which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the first signaling further carries an identifier, and the identifier is used to indicate that after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the The association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier.
  • the identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier; or,
  • the identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between an activated logical channel of the radio bearer and a carrier.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device Send the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the first association relationship to the terminal device, the first association relationship including the association relationship between the logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier, wherein one identifier is used to indicate one logical channel
  • the association relationship with the carrier, or an identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between all logical channels and the carrier.
  • a fifth communication method includes: acquiring first information; and determining according to the first information that when a radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, the remaining activated logic of the radio bearer Whether the association relationship between the channel and the carrier continues to be applicable, wherein the radio bearer is configured with the PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the first information may be used to explicitly indicate whether the association relationship between the logical signal and the carrier continues to be applicable, which reduces the possibility of errors in the repeated PDCP transmission process, and the indication method is clear.
  • the method may be executed by a fifth communication device, which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • a fifth communication device which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the Whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and carriers continues to apply; and/or,
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the Whether the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier continues to apply.
  • the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel can be associated with other logical channels to establish an association relationship with other logical channels, so that these carriers can be used, thereby helping to improve system capacity.
  • the association relationship between the channel and the carrier is not applicable, and different logical channels that are in the active state may select the same carrier, resulting in failure to play the role of PDCP repeated transmission. Therefore, in this case, the association relationship between the remaining logical channels in the active state of the first MAC entity and the carrier may continue to apply, so as to ensure that the PDCP repeated transmission function can be completed as much as possible.
  • a sixth communication method includes: determining first information, where the first information is used to indicate that when a radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, the remaining activated radio bearer Whether the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier continues to be applicable, wherein the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function; and the first information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the method may be executed by a sixth communication device, which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer Whether the association relationship with the carrier continues to apply, including:
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the Whether the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels continues to apply; and/or,
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the Whether the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier continues to apply.
  • a first communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing first aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is deactivated;
  • the processing module is configured to determine whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity.
  • a logical channel and the logical channel in the active state belong to the same radio bearer, and the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the processing module is configured to determine whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner. Whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable:
  • the processing module is further configured to determine that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through the first type of carrier.
  • the carrier includes all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity, or the first-type carrier includes a carrier having an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation and a carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel.
  • the processing module is configured to determine whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner. Whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable:
  • the active logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of active logical channels is 1, it is determined that the active logical channel is between the carrier The relationship of is not applicable; or,
  • the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, it is determined to be used for transmitting the active state according to the first information
  • the carrier of the data packet carried by the logical channel, wherein the first information is obtained from the first signaling, or the first information is preset information.
  • the processing module is configured to determine whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner. Whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable:
  • a second communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing second aspect or any possible implementation method of the second aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a network device. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine to deactivate the first logical channel
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first signaling to a terminal device, where the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel, so as to instruct the terminal device to communicate with the terminal device according to the activated logical channel. Whether the first logical channel belongs to the same MAC entity, it is determined whether the association relationship between the active logical channel and the carrier is applicable.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, Determining whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable includes:
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine that when the second logical channel in the activated state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, it is determined that the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not Be applicable.
  • the first signaling further instructs the terminal device to determine that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through the first type of carrier
  • the first type of carrier includes all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity, or the first type of carrier includes a carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation and an association with the second logical channel The carrier of the relationship.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, Determining whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable includes:
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is one
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is not applicable; or,
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is greater than one
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier continues to apply; or,
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device, when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, according to
  • the first information determines the carrier used to transmit the data packet carried by the logical channel in the active state, wherein the first information is obtained from the first signaling, or the first information is preset information.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, Determining whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable includes:
  • the first signaling indicates to the terminal device that when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel do not belong to the same MAC entity, the association between the logical channel in the active state and the carrier The relationship continues to apply.
  • a third communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is activated or deactivated;
  • the processing module is configured to determine the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the first signaling, and the radio bearer is the radio bearer to which the first logical channel belongs, and
  • the wireless is configured with PDCP repeat transmission function.
  • the first signaling further carries an identifier
  • the processing module is configured to determine the remaining radio bearer according to the first signaling in the following manner The association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier:
  • the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier is determined.
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is 1, and the identifiers are used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier; or,
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is less than or equal to the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer, and one of the identifiers is used to indicate an association relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a correspondence between an identifier and a first association relationship, and the first association relationship includes the radio bearer The association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier, where one identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, or one identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between all logical channels and the carrier.
  • a fourth communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the fourth communication device as described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a network device. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, and the radio bearer is the second A radio bearer to which a logical channel belongs, and the radio is configured with a PDCP repeat transmission function;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, and the first signaling is also used to indicate that the After the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the radio bears the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier.
  • the first signaling further carries an identifier, and the identifier is used to indicate that after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the The association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier.
  • the identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier; or,
  • the identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between an activated logical channel of the radio bearer and a carrier.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the first association relationship to the terminal device, and the first association relationship Including the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier of the radio bearer, where one identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, or one identifier is used to indicate the relationship between all logical channels and the carrier. connection relation.
  • a fifth communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the fifth communication device as described above.
  • the communication device is used to execute the foregoing fifth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the processing module is used to obtain first information
  • the transceiver module is configured to determine, according to the first information, whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier continues to apply when the radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, wherein ,
  • the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the Whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and carriers continues to apply; and/or,
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the Whether the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier continues to apply.
  • a sixth communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the sixth communication device described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing sixth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine first information, and the first information is used to indicate the association between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier when the radio bearer is activated or deactivated Whether the relationship continues to apply, wherein the radio bearer is configured with PDCP repeated transmission function;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send the first information to a terminal device.
  • the first information is used to indicate that when the radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, the remaining activated radio bearer Whether the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier continues to apply, including:
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the Whether the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels continues to apply; and/or,
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the Whether the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier continues to apply.
  • a seventh communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the first communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and optionally, a transceiver.
  • the processor, the memory and the transceiver are used to implement the methods described in the first aspect or various possible designs of the first aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the transceiver is configured to receive first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is deactivated;
  • the processor is configured to determine whether the association relationship between the active logical channel and the carrier is applicable according to whether the active logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the first A logical channel and the logical channel in the active state belong to the same radio bearer, and the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the processor is configured to determine whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner Whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable:
  • the processor is further configured to determine that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through the first type of carrier, and the first A type of carrier includes all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity, or the first type of carrier includes a carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation and a carrier that has an association relationship with the second logical channel .
  • the processor is configured to determine whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner Whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable:
  • the active logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of active logical channels is 1, it is determined that the active logical channel is between the carrier The relationship of is not applicable; or,
  • the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, it is determined to be used for transmitting the active state according to the first information
  • the carrier of the data packet carried by the logical channel, wherein the first information is obtained from the first signaling, or the first information is preset information.
  • the processor is configured to determine whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner Whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable:
  • an eighth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the second communication device as described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and is used to implement the method described in the second aspect or various possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the processor is configured to determine to deactivate the first logical channel
  • the transceiver is configured to send first signaling to a terminal device, where the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel, so as to instruct the terminal device to communicate with the terminal device according to the activated logical channel Whether the first logical channel belongs to the same MAC entity, it is determined whether the association relationship between the active logical channel and the carrier is applicable.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC
  • the entity determines whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable, including:
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine that when the second logical channel in the activated state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, it is determined that the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not Be applicable.
  • the first signaling further instructs the terminal device to determine that data packets carried by the second logical channel can pass through the first type of carrier
  • the first-type carrier includes all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity, or the first-type carrier includes a carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation and a carrier associated with the second logical channel Carriers with associated relationships.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC
  • the entity determines whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable, including:
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is one
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is not applicable; or,
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is greater than one
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier continues to apply; or,
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device, when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, according to
  • the first information determines the carrier used to transmit the data packet carried by the logical channel in the active state, wherein the first information is obtained from the first signaling, or the first information is preset information.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device according to whether the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC
  • the entity determines whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable, including:
  • the first signaling indicates to the terminal device that when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel do not belong to the same MAC entity, the association between the logical channel in the active state and the carrier The relationship continues to apply.
  • a ninth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and is used to implement the foregoing third aspect or the methods described in various possible designs of the third aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the transceiver is configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is activated or deactivated;
  • the processor is configured to determine the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the first signaling, where the radio bearer is the radio bearer to which the first logical channel belongs, and
  • the wireless is configured with PDCP repeat transmission function.
  • the first signaling further carries an identifier
  • the processing module is configured to determine a radio bearer according to the first signaling in the following manner The relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and carriers:
  • the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier is determined.
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is 1, and the identifiers are used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier; or,
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is less than or equal to the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer, and one of the identifiers is used to indicate an association relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive a corresponding relationship between an identifier and a first association relationship, and the first association relationship includes the The association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier, where one identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, or one identifier is used to indicate the association between all logical channels and the carrier relationship.
  • a tenth communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the fourth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and is used to implement the foregoing fourth aspect or the methods described in various possible designs of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the processor is configured to determine the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, and the radio bearer is the second A radio bearer to which a logical channel belongs, and the radio is configured with a PDCP repeat transmission function;
  • the transceiver is used to send first signaling to a terminal device, the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, and the first signaling is also used to indicate that the After the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the radio bears the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier.
  • the first signaling further carries an identifier, and the identifier is used to indicate that after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated,
  • the radio bears the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier; or,
  • the identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between an activated logical channel of the radio bearer and a carrier.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the first association relationship to the terminal device, and the first The association relationship includes the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier of the radio bearer, where an identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, or an identifier is used to indicate the relationship between all logical channels and the carrier. The relationship between.
  • an eleventh communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the fifth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and is used to implement the foregoing fifth aspect or the methods described in various possible designs of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the processor is configured to obtain first information
  • the transceiver is configured to determine, according to the first information, whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier continues to apply when the radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, wherein ,
  • the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the Whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and carriers continues to apply; and/or,
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the Whether the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier continues to apply.
  • a twelfth communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the sixth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and is used to implement the aforementioned sixth aspect or the methods described in various possible designs of the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the processor is configured to determine first information, where the first information is used to indicate, when a radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, the association between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier Whether the relationship continues to apply, wherein the radio bearer is configured with PDCP repeated transmission function;
  • the transceiver is used to send the first information to a terminal device.
  • the first information is used to indicate that when the radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, the remaining activated radio bearer Whether the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier continues to apply, including:
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the Whether the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels continues to apply; and/or,
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the Whether the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier continues to apply.
  • a thirteenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the first communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the thirteenth communication device executes the foregoing first aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • the thirteenth communication device may also include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in a terminal device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the thirteenth communication device If the communication device is a chip set in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the twentieth aspect provides a fourteenth communication device.
  • the communication device may be the second communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip set in a network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fourteenth communication device executes the second aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the fourteenth communication device may also include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the fourteenth If the communication device is a chip set in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a fifteenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the third communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fifteenth communication device executes the foregoing third aspect or any one of the possible implementation methods of the third aspect.
  • the fifteenth type of communication device may also include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver in a terminal device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the fifteenth type of communication device If the communication device is a chip set in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a communication interface which may be a transceiver in a terminal device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the fifteenth type of communication device If the communication device is a chip set in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the twenty-second aspect provides a sixteenth communication device.
  • the communication device may be the fourth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip set in a network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the sixteenth communication device executes the foregoing fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation methods of the fourth aspect.
  • the sixteenth type of communication device may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the sixteenth If the communication device is a chip set in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the twenty-third aspect provides a seventeenth communication device.
  • the communication device may be the fifth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the seventeenth communication device executes the fifth aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect.
  • the seventeenth type of communication device may also include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver in a terminal device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the seventeenth If the communication device is a chip set in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a communication interface which may be a transceiver in a terminal device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the seventeenth If the communication device is a chip set in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the twenty-fourth aspect provides an eighteenth communication device.
  • the communication device may be the sixth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip set in a network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the eighteenth communication device executes the method in the sixth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect.
  • the eighteenth type of communication device may also include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the eighteenth If the communication device is a chip set in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a communication interface which may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the eighteenth If the communication device is a chip set in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a first communication system may include the first communication device described in the seventh aspect, the seventh communication device described in the thirteenth aspect, or the nineteenth aspect A thirteenth communication device, and includes the second communication device described in the eighth aspect, the eighth communication device described in the fourteenth aspect, or the fourteenth communication device described in the twentieth aspect.
  • a second communication system may include the third communication device described in the ninth aspect, the ninth communication device described in the fifteenth aspect, or the twenty-first aspect The fifteenth communication device in the tenth aspect, the tenth communication device in the sixteenth aspect, or the sixteenth communication device in the twenty-second aspect.
  • a third communication system may include the fifth communication device described in the eleventh aspect, the eleventh communication device described in the seventeenth aspect, or the twenty-third aspect The seventeenth communication device, and the sixth communication device described in the twelfth aspect, the twelfth communication device described in the eighteenth aspect, or the eighteenth communication device described in the twenty-fourth aspect kind of communication device.
  • the first type of communication system, the second type of communication system, and the third type of communication system may be the same communication system, or they may be different communication systems, or any two of them may be the same communication system.
  • the other is a different communication system.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the possibilities of the first aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the second aspect or any one of the possibilities of the second aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the third aspect or any one of the possible designs of the third aspect. The method described in.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned fourth aspect or the fourth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned fifth aspect or the fifth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the aforementioned sixth aspect or the sixth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the first aspects. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the second aspect or any one of the second aspects mentioned above. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the third aspect or any one of the third aspects. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any one of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect above. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • Figure 1 shows the network architecture involved in the repeated process of implementing the PDCP layer in the DC scenario
  • Figure 2 shows the network architecture involved in the repeated process of the PDCP layer in the CA scenario
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram showing that when two logical channels are configured for a radio bearer in a CA scenario, after one logical channel of the radio bearer is deactivated, the association relationship between the other logical channel and the carrier will not be applicable;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier of another MAC entity of the radio bearer after the logical channel on one MAC entity of the radio bearer is deactivated in the DC scenario;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of PDCP repeated transmission through 4 logical channels in a 5G system according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of the first communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic diagram of PDCP repeated transmission through 4 logical channels in a 5G system according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of the first communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of the first communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic block diagram of the first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of the first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15 is another schematic block diagram of the first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic block diagram of a second type of terminal device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a second type of network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is another schematic block diagram of a second type of network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a third terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 21 is another schematic block diagram of a third terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic block diagram of a third network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 23 is another schematic block diagram of a third network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 25 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 26 is still another schematic block diagram of the communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, or processing devices connected to wireless modems.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote Station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user Equipment (user device), etc.
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal devices, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, smart wearable devices, and so on.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as various smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • Network equipment such as access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells on the air interface in the access network
  • AN access network
  • base station e.g., access point
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting vehicle-to-everything (V2X) applications, and can exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • the access network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the access network equipment may include a long-term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB) in a long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system. ), or it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5G new radio (NR) system, or it may also include the cloud access network (cloud radio access network, Cloud RAN) system Centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) are not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB evolutional NodeB
  • LTE-A long term evolution-advanced
  • gNB next generation node B
  • NR new radio
  • Cloud RAN Centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • the network equipment may also include core network equipment, but because the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application mainly involve access network equipment, in the following text, unless otherwise specified, the “network equipment” described below is all Refers to the access network equipment.
  • DC Dual connectivity
  • the terminal device supports simultaneous access to two network devices. This access method is called DC.
  • One network device is the main network device and the other network device As auxiliary network equipment.
  • LTE is also called Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)
  • E-UTRA Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
  • EN-DC EN-DC
  • the LTE network equipment is the main network equipment
  • the NR network equipment is the auxiliary network equipment.
  • NR E-UTRA dual connectivity NE-DC
  • NR network equipment is the main network equipment
  • LTE network equipment is the auxiliary network equipment.
  • MR- DC multi-RAT dual connectivity
  • CA Carrier aggregation
  • CC component carriers
  • the logical channel is associated with the carrier, or the logical channel has an associated relationship with the carrier, or it can also be called the logical channel and the carrier have a binding relationship or a binding transmission relationship or a carrier binding transmission relationship or a mapping relationship, or it can also be called To allow the use of serving cells (allowed serving cells), etc., including but not limited to, if certain carriers are indicated in the configuration of the logical channel, it means the data transmitted in the logical channel (or described as the logical channel carrying The data) can be transmitted on these carriers, or the resources on these carriers can be allocated to the logical channel. At this time, it can be called that the logical channel is associated with these carriers.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier is valid, the data transmitted in the logical channel is not transmitted on a carrier that does not have an association relationship with the logical channel.
  • the logical channel corresponding to the data packet copied at the PDCP layer may have an association relationship with the carrier.
  • the associated carrier is not configured for the logical channel, it means that the data transmitted in the logical channel can be transmitted on any carrier.
  • a parameter can be configured for a logical channel, such as parameter A, and the value of parameter A is used to indicate different carriers, which means that the data transmitted in the logical channel can only be transmitted on the carrier specified by parameter A.
  • the parameter A can be used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier. For example, if parameter A is configured for logical channel 1, and parameter A indicates carriers 1 and 2, then it indicates that the data carried by the logical channel can only be transmitted on parameter carriers 1 and 2. In this way, logical channel 1 and carrier 1 and carrier 2 can be said to have an association relationship.
  • Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) repeated transmission means that the PDCP entity copies data packets into multiple copies and delivers them to different RLC entities, and then transmits them from the RLC layer to the MAC layer through a logical channel.
  • the activated logical channel refers to the logical channel used when the PDCP repeat transmission function is activated, or the logical channel used when the PDCP repeat transmission function is deactivated, or the logical channel used when the PDCP repeat transmission function is activated , And the logical channel used when the PDCP repeat transmission function is deactivated.
  • a deactivated logical channel refers to a logical channel that is not used when the PDCP repeat transmission function is activated, or a logical channel that is not used when the PDCP repeat transmission function is deactivated, or is not used when the PDCP repeat transmission function is activated Logical channels and logical channels that are not used when the PDCP repeat transmission function is deactivated.
  • the logical channel belongs to the MAC entity, or the logical channel corresponds to the MAC entity, which means that the logical channel and the MAC entity have a subordination or association relationship. For example, if data is transmitted to the MAC entity 1 of the terminal device through the logical channel 1 of the terminal device, it is called that the logical channel 1 belongs to the MAC entity 1, or that the logical channel 1 corresponds to the MAC entity 1.
  • first and second are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance.
  • first logical channel and the second logical channel are only for distinguishing different logical channels, and do not indicate the difference in priority or importance of the two logical channels.
  • PDCP repeated transmission usually refers to copying the data packets carried by the radio into multiple identical data packets (that is, repeated packets) at the PDCP layer, and then these multiple identical data packets are respectively submitted to multiple different RLC entities for transmission. Then it is transmitted to the MAC layer through different logical channels. Among them, the logical channel is the channel from the RLC layer to the MAC layer. It should be noted that, generally speaking, retransmission refers to retransmission, and the repeated transmission in the embodiment of the present application is not retransmission.
  • Retransmission refers to the retransmission of the same data packet after failure, or the continuous multiple transmission of the same data packet, and repeated transmission is to copy a data packet into multiple identical data packets and put them on multiple logical channels On the upper transmission, a logical channel transmits one of the data packets.
  • the "repetition” here can also be understood as "duplication”.
  • the original packets and repeated packets transmitted to the MAC layer cannot be transmitted through the same MAC PDU, because only through different MAC PDU transmissions, the loss of one PDU will not affect the transmission of the other PDU.
  • the reliability has been doubled.
  • the following describes how to implement the transmission function of the PDCP layer for the DC scenario and the CA scenario.
  • Fig. 1 exemplarily shows the network architecture involved in the PDCP repeated transmission process in the DC scenario.
  • the DC scenario involves the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the network architecture of the primary base station and the secondary base station for a radio bearer is shown in Figure 1
  • the terminal equipment’s network architecture for the radio bearer includes the network architecture shown in Figure 1.
  • the network architecture of the primary base station and the network architecture of the secondary base station, that is, the terminal device for the radio bearer includes one PDCP entity, two RLC entities, and two MAC entities.
  • Security all represent functions of a PDCP entity, an RLC entity, or a MAC entity.
  • the PDCP entity and the PDCP layer can be understood as the same concept.
  • the RLC entity and the RLC layer can be understood as the same concept, and the MAC entity and the MAC layer can be understood as the same concept.
  • the circles in Figure 1 represent interfaces and/or channels between different layers.
  • the interface is called an interlayer interface, such as a service access point (SAP), and a channel is, for example, a logical channel, which is similar in the following, and will not be described again.
  • SAP service access point
  • FIG. 1 is only an exemplary structure, and each component in the figure is not an indispensable component in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the security module can be omitted as appropriate.
  • a terminal device is connected to two base stations at the same time, that is, the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the PDCP repeat transmission function is configured for a radio bearer
  • the two data packets copied at the PDCP layer will be transmitted to Two different RLC entities are transmitted to different MAC entities through different logical channels, and finally two MAC PDUs are formed for transmission on different carriers.
  • This process is the same for both the base station and the terminal equipment.
  • the difference is that for the base station, the PDCP layer in the primary base station will transmit the two replicated data packets to two different RLC entities.
  • the RLC entities are located in the primary base station and the secondary base station respectively.
  • the RLC entity in the primary base station transmits the received data packet to the MAC entity in the primary base station, and the RLC entity in the secondary base station transmits the received data packet to the secondary base station.
  • MAC entities these two MAC entities will transmit data packets through their respective carriers.
  • the two RLC entities and the two MAC entities are located in the terminal device, and the other processes are the same.
  • the terminal device is connected to a base station.
  • the network architecture of the base station and the terminal device for a radio bearer is shown in Figure 2. That is, the base station and the terminal device for the radio bearer include a PDCP entity and two One RLC entity and one MAC entity.
  • the security, replication, slicing, ARQ, multipath, HARQ, and ROHC in Figure 2 all represent the functions of the PDCP entity, the RLC entity, or the MAC entity.
  • a terminal device is connected to a base station, and the same base station has more than one carrier to serve the terminal device.
  • the two data packets copied at the PDCP layer will be transmitted to two different RLC entities, and the two RLC entities will be transmitted to the same one through different logical channels MAC entity.
  • the MAC entity since the two data packets are transmitted to the same MAC entity, the MAC entity will put these two data packets into one MAC PDU for transmission. Therefore, in order to make the two data packets be transmitted separately through two MAC PDUs, A parameter can be configured for the logical channel, such as parameter A.
  • the parameter A indicates the cell (carrier) identity, and the parameter A indicates the cell (carrier) that allows data transmission in the logical channel to ensure that the two data packets are finally
  • Two MAC PDUs can be formed for transmission in different cells (carriers).
  • the concept of a cell here can also be called a carrier.
  • the parameter A is configured for a certain logical channel, it indicates that the data in the RLC entity corresponding to the logical channel can only be transmitted on the cell (or, also referred to as the carrier) indicated by the parameter A. In this way, if the parameter A configured for the two logical channels that are duplicated each other indicates different carriers, the two data packets that are duplicated each other will eventually be transmitted on different carriers, which can ensure reliability.
  • the PDCP repeated transmission function can be configured and activated for the radio bearer, or the PDCP repeated transmission function configured for the radio bearer can be deactivated.
  • PDCP repeated transmission is limited to one radio bearer to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels (also commonly known as repeated transmission of two legs).
  • the PDCP repeated transmission function configured for a radio bearer is deactivated (or called, the PDCP repeated transmission is deactivated)
  • the logical channel and carrier of the radio bearer The relationship between them will also not apply.
  • the PDCP repeated transmission function is activated (or called PDCP repeated transmission activated)
  • data from logical channel 1 can only be transmitted on carrier 1 or carrier 2
  • data from logical channel 2 can only be transmitted on Transmission on carrier 3 or carrier 4.
  • the PDCP repeated transmission function is deactivated, and only logical channel 1 is still working.
  • the association relationship between logical channel 1 and carrier is not applicable, that is, logical channel 1 is allowed Use all available (active) carriers of the terminal equipment.
  • the logical channel mentioned here uses a certain carrier, which means that the data transmitted by the logical channel can be transmitted on this carrier.
  • the communication system may subsequently introduce multiple logical channels for the same bearer for PDCP repeated transmission, that is, a radio bearer transmits multiple data packets copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, for example, three or more
  • the logical channels are used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer.
  • These logical channels may correspond to one base station, or they may correspond to multiple base stations. In this case, if the logical channel of the radio bearer is deactivated, there may be more than one remaining activated logical channel. Then, which carrier should be used by the remaining activated logical channel is not yet discussed.
  • a 5G system uses 4 logical channels to perform PDCP repeated transmission.
  • a radio bearer is configured with 4 logical channels to transmit data packets that are copied at the PDCP layer (also known as repeated transmission of 4 legs)
  • the PDCP layer copies the data packets in 4 copies, respectively in logical channel 1, logical Channel 2, logical channel 3, and logical channel 4 are transmitted.
  • the data of logical channel 1 can be transmitted on carrier 1
  • the data of logical channel 2 can be transmitted on carrier 2
  • the data of logical channel 3 can be transmitted on carrier 3 to carrier.
  • the data of logical channel 4 can be transmitted on carrier 5 to carrier 6, and logical channel 1 and logical channel 2 correspond to MAC entity 1, and logical channel 3 and logical channel 4 correspond to MAC entity 2.
  • logical channel 3 is deactivated, then the remaining activated logical channels include logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the terminal device cannot determine which carriers should be used by these remaining logical channels.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are provided.
  • the first logical channel if the first logical channel is deactivated, it can be determined whether the remaining activated logical channels and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity. Whether the correlation between the carriers is applicable. It can be seen that through the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, after a logical channel is deactivated, it is possible to clarify which carriers should be used by the remaining logical channels, so that the terminal device can perform correct operations.
  • FIG. 6 is an application scenario of an embodiment of this application.
  • the scenario shown in FIG. 6 can be understood as a CA scenario.
  • Figure 6 includes network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment is connected to a network device.
  • the number of terminal devices in Figure 6 is just an example.
  • network devices can provide services for multiple terminal devices. All terminal devices or some of the multiple terminal devices can be provided by the embodiments of this application.
  • the method determines the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
  • FIG. 7 is another application scenario of this embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenario shown in FIG. 7 can be understood as a DC scenario.
  • Figure 7 includes two network devices and a terminal device.
  • the two network devices are a first network device and a second network device.
  • the first network device is, for example, the main network device of the terminal device, and the second network device is the terminal.
  • the auxiliary network device of the device, or the first network device is the auxiliary network device of the terminal device, and the second network device is the main network device of the terminal device.
  • the two network devices are both base stations, then the main network device is the main base station, and the auxiliary network device is the auxiliary base station.
  • the first network device for example, works in the evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) system
  • the second network device for example, works in the NR system, or the first network device
  • the second network device works in an E-UTRA system
  • both the first network device and the second network device work in an NR system or an E-UTRA system, for example.
  • the terminal device is connected to the two network devices at the same time, and the terminal device can communicate with the two network devices.
  • the network device in FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 is, for example, a base station.
  • network devices correspond to different devices in different systems.
  • 4G 4th generation
  • eNB eNode B
  • 5G 5th generation
  • gNB gNode B
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first communication method. Please refer to FIG. 8, which is a flowchart of this method.
  • the method can be executed by two communication devices, such as a first communication device and a second communication device, where the first communication device can be a network device or can support the network device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the communication device or the first communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, and of course it may also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to implement the method, or the second communication device may be a terminal device or capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the required functions can of course also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the first communication device may be a network device
  • the second communication device is a terminal device, or both the first communication device and the second communication device are network devices.
  • the device, or the first communication device and the second communication device are both terminal devices, or the first communication device is a network device
  • the second communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, and so on.
  • the network equipment is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is executed by the network device and the terminal device as an example, that is, the first communication device is the network device and the second communication device is the terminal device as an example.
  • the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6, and the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 6.
  • the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device described may be a terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 7.
  • the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 7 is mainly taken as an example.
  • the network device determines to deactivate the first logical channel.
  • the first logical channel belongs to a radio bearer, and the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the PDCP entity of the radio bearer is associated with at least two RLC entities, and the at least two RLC entities are used to perform the PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • deactivating the logical channel means that the logical channel is no longer used to perform the PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the network device sends the first signaling, and the terminal device receives the first signaling from the network device, where the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is deactivated.
  • the first signaling may also instruct the terminal device to determine whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity.
  • the first signaling can also be understood as the first message.
  • the two concepts of "signaling” and “message” are interchangeable in the embodiments of the present application. It will not be repeated in the subsequent embodiments.
  • the first signaling is, for example, downlink control information (DCI), media access control control element (MAC CE), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, RLC control protocol Data unit (protocol data unit, PDU), or PDCP control PDU, etc., are not specifically limited, as long as the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • PDCP control PDU PDCP control PDU
  • the RLC control PDU refers to a type of RLC PDU that is different from the RLC data PDU (RLC data PDU), which is distinguished from the RLC data PDU by the indication information in the packet header.
  • RLC control PDU refers to a type of RLC PDU that is different from the RLC data PDU (RLC data PDU), which is distinguished from the RLC data PDU by the indication information in the packet header.
  • RLC data PDU RLC data PDU
  • it is used to transfer control information or feedback information of the RLC layer.
  • it can be used to transmit control information related to the PDCP repeated transmission function, including activation/deactivation instructions.
  • PDCP control PDU refers to a type of PDCP PDU that is different from PDCP data PDU (PDCP data PDU), which is distinguished from PDCP data PDU by the indication information in the packet header. Generally speaking, it is used to transmit control information or feedback information of the PDCP layer. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be used to transmit control information related to the PDCP repeated transmission function, including activation/deactivation instructions.
  • the terminal device determines whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the first logical channel It belongs to the same radio bearer as the logical channel in the active state, and the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the logical channel in the active state described in S82 refers to the remaining logical channels in the active state of the radio bearer after the first logical channel is deactivated.
  • the radio bearer is configured with the PDCP repeat transmission function. It can be understood that when the number of activated logical channels of the radio bearer is greater than or equal to 2, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least two copies at the PDCP layer, and passes through this. At least two logical channels are transmitted, that is, at least two logical channels transmit the same data packet after being copied. Among them, each of the at least two logical channels can transmit one data packet, that is, at least two logical channels transmit at least two data packets. Among the at least two data packets, one of the data packets may be an original data packet. The other data packets are the data packets obtained after copying the original data packet.
  • these at least two data packets are collectively referred to as the copied data packets, or the data packets that are copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the "duplicated data packet” or “duplicated data packet at the PDCP layer” mentioned in the following are all understood in the same way.
  • the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer may be greater than or equal to one. If after the first logical channel is deactivated, the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer is equal to 1, then this remaining activated logical channel is called, for example, the second logical channel, and the terminal device can directly determine the remaining activated logical channel. Whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity; or, if the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer is greater than 1, after the first logical channel is deactivated, the terminal device is For each activated logical channel, it can be determined whether the logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity.
  • the remaining activated logical channels include logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the terminal device can determine that logical channel 1 and logical channel 3 do not belong to the same MAC entity, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3 do not belong to the same MAC entity, and logical channel 4 and logical channel 3 belong to the same MAC entity.
  • the terminal device determines that the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not applicable (not apply).
  • the second logical channel is one of the remaining logical channels in the active state of the radio bearer after the first logical channel is deactivated.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier is not applicable, and it can also be described as the carrier or carriers on which the data carried by the logical channel is specifically transmitted, and is not limited by the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier. Then, if the terminal device determines that the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not applicable, the terminal device may also determine that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through the first type carrier of the MAC entity.
  • the first type of carrier includes all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity.
  • all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity include carriers that have an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation, and carriers that have an association relationship with the second logical channel.
  • all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity also include carriers that have an association relationship with these other logical channels.
  • all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity also include such carriers.
  • the first type of carrier may also include a carrier having an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation and a carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel.
  • the first type of carrier does not include carriers that have an association relationship with these other logical channels.
  • the MAC entity also includes available carriers that are not associated with any logical channel, then the first type of carrier does not include such carriers.
  • the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not applicable, so Can increase system capacity.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application after a logical channel is deactivated, it is also possible to clarify which carriers should be used by the remaining activated logical channels, so that the terminal device can perform correct operations.
  • the association relationship between some logical channels (such as the second logical channel) and the carrier in the activated logical channels does not apply, while the association relationship between the remaining logical channels and the carrier continues to apply, regardless of the two cases Either way, it may cause two logical channels to select the same carrier to transmit data, thus failing to play the role of repeated transmission.
  • the terminal device can determine the activated logical channel and carrier The relationship between does not apply.
  • the inapplicability of the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier please refer to the previous article.
  • the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity is multiple, then if the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier None of the association relationships are applicable, or the association relationship between some of the remaining activated logical channels (such as the second logical channel) and the carrier is not applicable, while the remaining logical channels are associated with the carrier The relationship continues to apply, no matter which of these two situations, it may cause the two logical channels to select the same carrier to transmit data, thus failing to play the role of repeated transmission. For example, in Figure 9, if logical channel 3 is deactivated, the number of remaining activated logical channels of MAC entity 1 is 2.
  • logical channel 1 The first type of carrier of the MAC entity 1 can be used, and the logical channel 2 can also use the first type of carrier of the MAC entity 1. If the same carrier is selected for logical channel 1 and logical channel 2 to transmit data, it is equivalent to transmitting two data packets through one MAC PDU, and there is no effect of repeated transmission.
  • the terminal device may determine that the association relationship between the logical channel in the active state and the carrier is applicable (apply), or, because the association relationship was previously applicable, it can also be described here as the terminal device determining the logical channel in the active state and The correlation between carriers continues to apply.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier is applicable, and it can also be described as the carrier or carriers on which the data carried by the logical channel is specifically transmitted is limited by the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier. In other words, the data carried by the logical channel can only be transmitted on the carrier associated with the logical channel.
  • logical channel 3 if logical channel 3 is deactivated, the number of remaining activated logical channels of MAC entity 1 is 2, then the two remaining logical channels (logical channel 1 and logical channel 2) and the carrier
  • the association relationship is still applicable.
  • the data of logical channel 1 can be transmitted on carrier 1, and the data of logical channel 2 can be transmitted on carrier 2. That is, logical channel 1 and carrier 1 have an association relationship, and logical channel 2 and carrier 2 have an association relationship.
  • logical channel 1 continues to have an association relationship with carrier 1
  • logical channel 2 continues to have an association relationship with carrier 2.
  • the terminal device may also determine to be used according to the first information
  • the carrier that transmits the data packets carried by the logical channel in the active state may be carried in the first signaling, and the terminal device may obtain the first information from the first signaling, or the first information may also be preset information, for example, the first information is specified by a protocol, Or it is the information that the network device sends to the terminal device in advance.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the association relationship is set in the first manner, and the association relationship includes the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity and the carrier.
  • the carrier may only include the carrier associated with the first logical channel before the deactivation; or, the carrier may include all the active carriers of the MAC entity, and all the active carriers of the MAC entity, It may include all active carriers associated with the logical channel corresponding to the MAC entity, and may also include all active carriers that are not associated with any logical channel corresponding to the MAC entity, where the MAC entity’s All carriers in the activated state, including the carrier associated with the first logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier may include the MAC entity other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel that is in the activated state Carriers of the MAC entity other than the carriers associated with the activated logical channel may include the carriers associated with the first logical channel before deactivation, and of course may also include the carriers not associated with the MAC entity All active carriers associated with any logical channel
  • the network device determines the first information, it may have determined which logical channels of the radio bearer will be deactivated, for example, the first information is carried in the first signaling, then The remaining activated logical channels indicated by the first information may be explicit. For example, the network device instructs to deactivate the logical channel 1 of the radio bearer through the first signaling.
  • the logical channel 1 belongs to the MAC entity 1. After the logical channel 1 is deactivated, the remaining activated logical channels corresponding to the MAC entity 1 include logical channels. 2 and logical channel 3, the network device can indicate the association relationship between logical channel 2 and the carrier and the association relationship between logical channel 3 and the carrier through the first information.
  • the first information is stipulated by an agreement, or although the first information is sent by the network device to the terminal device, when the network device determines the first information, it may not yet determine which logical channels of the radio bearer will be deactivated.
  • the first information is not carried in the first signaling, but is sent through other signaling.
  • the network device may carry the first information in the signaling for configuring the PDCP repeat transmission function for the radio bearer, that is, after the network device sends the first information, all logical channels of the radio bearer will be activated. There is no logical channel deactivated at this time.
  • the remaining activated logical channels indicated by the first information may be ambiguous, but it is only a general reference, which generally means that if the logical channel of the MAC entity is deactivated later, then the first information indicates this The association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity and the carrier.
  • the first mode may include one of the following sub-modes or any combination thereof:
  • Sub-method 1 Establish an association relationship between the carrier and the remaining activated logical channels in the order of the carrier's identification number (ID), wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with the remaining activated logical channel To establish an association relationship with a logical channel of the logical channel; or,
  • Sub-mode 2 Establish an association relationship between the carrier and the remaining activated logical channels in the order of the carrier’s channel quality, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with the remaining activated logical channel A logical channel of the channel establishes an association relationship; or,
  • Sub-mode 3 Establish an association relationship between the carrier and one of the remaining activated logical channels; or,
  • Sub-mode 4 When the number of the remaining activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier is associated with the remaining activated logical channels; or,
  • Sub-mode 5 Establish an association relationship between the carrier and the remaining activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding remaining deactivated logical channels, wherein a deactivated logical channel is before deactivated All associated carriers establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or,
  • Sub-mode 6 Establish an association relationship between each carrier of the carrier and one logical channel of the remaining activated logical channels in a random manner.
  • the carrier is associated with the remaining activated logical channels in the order of the ID of the carrier, which may be the carrier in the order of the ID of the carrier and the order of the logical channel.
  • the order of ID size is to establish an association relationship with the remaining activated logical channels in turn, where the carrier with the largest ID can be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier with the largest ID can also be associated Establish an association relationship with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID. For example, if the carriers are carrier 3, carrier 5, and carrier 6, and the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2, then the carriers should be sorted in descending order of carrier ID. It is Carrier 6>Carrier 5>Carrier 3.
  • the carrier is associated with the remaining activated logical channels.
  • carrier 3 can be associated with logical channel 1
  • carrier 5 can be associated with logical channel 2
  • carrier 6 establish an association relationship with logical channel 1
  • carrier 3 may be associated with logical channel 2
  • carrier 5 may be associated with logical channel 1
  • carrier 6 may be associated with logical channel 2.
  • multiple carriers can be associated with the corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with the corresponding logical channels in time sharing, and if it is time sharing, multiple carriers can be associated with the corresponding logical channels.
  • the relationship can be to first establish an association relationship between the carrier with the largest carrier ID and the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID, or first establish an association relationship between the carrier with the smallest carrier ID and the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID. , No specific restrictions.
  • another possible implementation mode may include one or more of the following steps (for example, it may include a and c in the following steps, or include b and c in the following steps , Or include a, b, and c) in the following steps:
  • the carriers Sort the carriers according to the size of the carrier ID, and re-assign new IDs to the sorted carriers starting from 0 or 1, for example, the IDs of the sorted carriers are 0, 1, 2, 3, etc. , Or 1, 2, 3, etc. respectively.
  • the method of determining the mapping relationship may be one of the following methods:
  • Modular operation Specifically, the number N of the remaining activated logical channels is determined, and then a modulo operation is performed with the newly compiled ID of the carrier and N, and the carrier is associated with the corresponding logical channel according to the operation result. For example, if N is 2, then if the result of the modulo operation between the ID of a certain carrier and N is 0, then the carrier will be associated with the new logical channel with ID 0, or if the ID of a certain carrier and N The result of the modulo operation is 1, then the carrier is associated with the new logical channel with ID 1.
  • the carrier is divided into two subsets according to the ID parity of the carrier (ID without renumbering, that is, the original ID of the carrier), and the two subsets are divided into two subsets.
  • a subset is associated with a logical channel; or, arrange the carriers in order according to the size of the carrier ID (the ID without renumbering, that is, the original ID of the carrier), from The middle is divided into two subsets, such as the first subset and the second subset, where the first subset refers to the set of IDs before the split point, and the second subset refers to the IDs after the split point
  • the ID of the set, the split point is, for example, the ID with the middle value in the ID of the carrier.
  • the first subset and the second subset are associated with two logical channels.
  • One subset is associated with one logical channel.
  • the number of carriers included in the first subset and the second subset may be equal (so The total number of carriers is an even number), or the number of carriers included in the first subset and the second subset may not be equal (the total number of carriers is an odd number).
  • the carrier may be associated with the remaining activated logical channels in the order of the carrier’s channel quality.
  • the carrier may be in the order of the carrier’s channel quality.
  • the carrier with the best channel quality can establish an association relationship with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or the channel quality is the best
  • the poor carrier can also be associated with the logical channel with the smallest ID.
  • the carriers are carrier 3, carrier 5, and carrier 6, wherein the channel quality of carrier 3 is better than that of carrier 6, and the channel quality of carrier 6 is better than that of carrier 5.
  • the logical channels of are respectively logical channel 1 and logical channel 2.
  • the carrier is associated with the remaining activated logical channels.
  • carrier 3 and logical channel 1 can be established. Association relationship: establish an association relationship between carrier 6 and logical channel 2, and establish an association relationship between carrier 5 and logical channel 1, or you can establish an association relationship between carrier 3 and logical channel 2, and establish an association relationship between carrier 6 and logical channel 1. , And establish an association relationship between carrier 5 and logical channel 2.
  • multiple carriers can be associated with the corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with the corresponding logical channels in time sharing, and if it is time sharing, multiple carriers can be associated with the corresponding logical channels.
  • the relationship can be to first establish an association relationship between the carrier with the best channel quality and the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID, or first establish an association relationship between the carrier with the worst channel quality and the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID.
  • the embodiment proposes to establish an association relationship with logical channels in sequence according to the order of the channel quality of the carriers, so that the channel quality of the carriers associated with each logical channel does not differ too much, and the transmission quality of each logical channel is more balanced to achieve better completion
  • the task of transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer may be measured by a network device. After the network device measures the channel quality of the carrier, it may send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device.
  • the network device may pass the first message Let the channel quality of the carrier be sent to the terminal device, or the network device may also send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device through other signaling.
  • the channel quality of the carrier can also be determined by the terminal device or the network device according to the success rate of data transmission on a certain carrier (for example, the ratio of received/sent acknowledgements (ACK)).
  • the carrier can be associated with one logical channel of the remaining activated logical channels, that is, the number of the remaining activated logical channels is greater than 1, and the carrier can be All the included carriers are associated with one activated logical channel of the multiple activated logical channels. If the number of the remaining activated logical channels is greater than 1, then it is not limited in the embodiment of the present application to choose which activated logical channel to associate all carriers with. For example, for a radio bearer, there is generally a primary logical channel, and the remaining logical channels are secondary logical channels. If the remaining activated logical channels include the primary logical channel, the carrier can be selected Establish an association relationship with the main logical channel.
  • a MAC entity has logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3 for transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer, where logical channel 1 is the main logical channel of the radio bearer, logical channel 3 is deactivated, and logical channel 3 is associated with carrier 3 before being deactivated, then carrier 3 can be associated with logical channel 1.
  • carrier 3 can be associated with other activated logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels except the main logical channel.
  • carrier 3 can be associated with logical channel 1 or logical channel 2. Therefore, it can be considered that the carrier can be associated with any one of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the first information, for example, the main logical channel may be carried in the first information.
  • the ID of the channel so that the terminal device can determine to establish an association relationship between the carrier and the main logical channel of the remaining activated logical channel, or it can be specified by a protocol without additional instructions from the network device.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device in the first information, for example, the first information can carry the ID of the logical channel that needs to establish an association relationship, so that the terminal device can determine to establish an association relationship between the carrier and the logical channel.
  • sub-mode 4 when the number of the remaining activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier can be associated with this activated logical channel, and when the number of the remaining activated logical channels is greater than one At this time, the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channel and the carrier remains unchanged, that is, for the remaining activated logical channel, the original association relationship with the carrier is maintained, and the deactivated
  • the carrier associated with the logical channel during deactivation does not establish an association relationship with the remaining activated logical channels.
  • a MAC entity transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through logical channel 1, logical channel 3, and logical channel 3.
  • Logical channel 1 has an association relationship with carrier 1
  • logical channel 2 has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3.
  • Logical channel 3 and carrier 4 have an association relationship. If both logical channel 2 and logical channel 3 are deactivated, then the number of the remaining activated logical channels is 1, then the carrier 2 and carrier 3 associated with logical channel 2 before deactivation, and logical channel 3 is deactivated Carrier 4 associated before activation can be associated with logical channel 1, or if only logical channel 3 is deactivated, then the number of remaining activated logical channels is 2, then logical channel 1 and carrier The association relationship between the two remains unchanged, and the association relationship between logical channel 2 and carrier is also unchanged. Logical channel 1 is still only associated with carrier 1, and logical channel 2 is still only associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3. This is done to simplify the implementation.
  • the number of the remaining activated logical channels is greater than 1, then how to allocate the associated carriers for the remaining activated logical channels requires certain rules, which may involve modification Therefore, in sub-mode 4, if the number of the remaining activated logical channels is greater than 1, the association relationship between the logical channels and the carriers may not be changed, so there is no need to modify the protocol. If the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, then the carrier can be directly associated with this activated logical channel, which is relatively simple.
  • the carrier is sequentially associated with the remaining activated logical channels in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, and the carrier may be deactivated according to the corresponding
  • the order of the ID size of the activated logical channel is to establish an association relationship with the remaining activated logical channels in turn according to the order of the ID size of the activated logical channel.
  • the carrier corresponding to the deactivated logical channel with the largest ID may be The corresponding logical channel with the largest ID establishes an association relationship, or the carrier corresponding to the deactivated logical channel with the smallest ID may establish an association relationship with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID.
  • a MAC entity transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through logical channel 1, logical channel 3, logical channel 3, and logical channel 4.
  • Logical channel 3 and logical channel 4 are deactivated, and carrier 3 is the same as before deactivation.
  • Carrier 4, carrier, and carrier 6 are associated with logical channel 4 before deactivation, and the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2, respectively. Sort the remaining activated logical channels according to the ID of the logical channel in ascending order, which should be logical channel 2>logical channel 1, and deactivate the logic in descending order of the logical channel ID The channel ordering should be logical channel 4>logical channel 3.
  • the carrier is associated with the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the carrier 3 associated with the logical channel 3 before deactivation can be established with the logical channel 1.
  • Associated relationship Establish an association relationship between carrier 4, carrier 5, and carrier 6 associated with logical channel 4 before deactivation and logical channel 2, or you can associate carrier 3 and logical channel 2 with logical channel 3 before deactivation
  • Establish an association relationship and establish an association relationship between carrier 4, carrier 5, and carrier 6 associated with logical channel 4 before deactivation and logical channel 1. Compared with sub-modes 1 and 2 that associate carriers in sequence, this method is easier to implement.
  • each carrier of the carrier may be associated with a logical channel of the remaining activated logical channels in a random manner, that is, the carrier and the remaining logical channels may be established completely randomly.
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channels is implemented in a relatively simple manner and does not require excessive rules.
  • each carrier of the carrier is associated with which logical channel of the remaining activated logical channels
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the first information
  • the terminal device may determine to associate each carrier of the carrier
  • Each carrier establishes an association relationship with the corresponding logical channel in the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first manner may also include other manners of establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the remaining activated logical channels, which is not done in this embodiment of the application. limit.
  • the first method can be stipulated in the agreement. Then, if the number of sub-modes included in the first mode specified in the protocol is greater than 1, for example, the protocol specifies that the first mode includes sub-mode 1, sub-mode 2 and sub-mode 5, you can also cooperate with the information of the network device to indicate to the terminal device Which sub-method is used. For example, if the network device sends the first information to instruct the terminal device to set the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier in the first manner, the network device does not need to carry specific information in the first information.
  • the first method may only carry the identification information of the first method, and the identification information of the first method may be used as the indication information. For example, the identification information of the first method is the ID of the first method.
  • the first method includes the sub-mode 2 above, and the network device may carry the ID of the sub-mode 2 in the first information, so that the first information can indicate that the remaining activated logical channels are set according to the first method and the For the association relationship between the carriers, after receiving the first information, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and the carriers according to the sub-mode 2 according to the ID of the sub-mode 2 after receiving the first information. This way helps reduce signaling overhead.
  • the agreement specifies that the first mode includes sub-mode 1 or sub-mode 4 is specified, that is, the first mode specified in the agreement is a sub-mode, Then there is no need to cooperate with the information of the network device to indicate to the terminal device which sub-mode is used.
  • the terminal device can determine which mode is the first mode according to the protocol. In this case, the network device does not need to inform the terminal.
  • the device sends the first information, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device uses these multiple sub-modes to set the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier.
  • the network device may also not need to send the first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sets the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier according to each sub-mode specified in the protocol, specifically There are no restrictions.
  • the first method may not be stipulated by agreement.
  • the network device may also carry specific information of the first method in the first information, and the information of the first method may be used as the indication information.
  • the first mode includes the above sub-mode 2
  • the network device can carry the information of sub-mode 2 in the first information, so that the first information can indicate that the remaining activated logical channels and the The relationship between the carriers.
  • the terminal device can determine to set the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier according to the sub-mode 2 according to the information of the sub-mode 2, and clarify what kind of sub-mode 2 is. the way. In this way, the terminal device can obtain clearer information.
  • the first mode may include at least one of the above-mentioned sub-modes.
  • the first mode may also include other modes.
  • the first information may also include a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all logical channels or part of the remaining activated logical channels, and the bitmap of each logical channel Bitmap can be used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel and carrier.
  • One bitmap may correspond to the ID of a logical channel. For example, this correspondence may also be included in the first information, so that the terminal device can clarify the correspondence between the bitmap and the logical channel.
  • the first information may include one or more bitmaps, where one bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel,
  • the logical channels corresponding to the one or more bitmaps are all or part of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first way may be a way of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the remaining activated logical channels according to the bitmap included in the first signaling, or in other words, the first way is setting up according to the bitmap The manner of the association relationship between the carrier and the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first information is carried in the signaling used to configure the PDCP repeated transmission function of the radio bearer.
  • the signaling used to configure the PDCP repetitive transmission function of the radio bearer can carry all the logic of each MAC entity corresponding to all or part of the radio bearer.
  • the bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of the channel allows the terminal device to know which carriers each logical channel of the corresponding MAC entity is associated with.
  • the first information is carried in the first signaling.
  • the first signaling is used to indicate the deactivation of the first logical channel of the radio bearer.
  • the first signaling may also carry first information.
  • the first information indicates the status of the remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity to which the first logical channel belongs.
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity after the first logical channel is deactivated through the first signaling.
  • logical channels corresponding to the PDCP repeated transmission function of the wireless bearer which are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, logical channel 3, and logical channel 4.
  • logical channel 1 has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2.
  • Channel 2 has an association relationship with carrier 3
  • logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5
  • logical channel 4 has an association relationship with carrier 6.
  • Logical channel 1 corresponds to MAC entity 1
  • logical channel 2, logical channel 3, and logical channel 4 correspond to MAC entity 2.
  • the network device instructs to deactivate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, then the remaining activated logical channels of MAC entity 2 are logical channel 2 and logical channel 4, then the network device can determine the carrier associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation Establish an association relationship with logical channel 2 and/or logical channel 4. Specifically, the carrier associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation can be associated with logical channel 2 or logical channel 4, or logical channel 3 can be deactivated The previously associated carrier is associated with logical channel 2 and logical channel 4.
  • the network device determines to establish an association relationship between carrier 4 associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation and logical channel 2, and establish an association relationship between carrier 5 associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation and logical channel 4, then the network equipment can generate The bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 and the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 4 are generated.
  • each bitmap can have 6 bits, and each bit represents a carrier.
  • a bitmap from high to low corresponds to carrier 1 to carrier 6.
  • carrier each bit of a bitmap actually corresponds to it can be pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network equipment and notified to the terminal equipment.
  • bitmap corresponding to a certain logical channel if the value of a certain bit is "1", it indicates that the carrier is associated with the logical channel, and if the value of a certain bit is "0", it indicates that no Establish an association relationship between the carrier and the logical channel.
  • the two bitmaps generated by the network device are both 6 bits, the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 is 001100, and the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 4 is 000011, which indicates that logical channel 2 must be associated with carrier 3 and carrier 4. And the logical channel 4 is associated with carrier 5 and carrier 6.
  • Logical channel 2 is originally associated with carrier 3, and logical channel 4 is originally associated with carrier 6, so the terminal device can associate logical channel 2 with carrier 4, and establish logical channel 4 with carrier 6. The association relationship is sufficient.
  • the first information includes bitmaps corresponding to all logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first information may include bitmaps corresponding to some logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the association relationship between some logical channels and carriers may not change, so the first information may not include the bitmap corresponding to these logical channels, but only include the logical channel and the carrier.
  • the bitmap corresponding to the logical channel whose association relationship has changed can effectively save signaling overhead and reduce the workload of terminal equipment in this way.
  • logical channels corresponding to the PDCP repeated transmission function of the wireless bearer which are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, logical channel 3, and logical channel 4.
  • logical channel 1 has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2.
  • Channel 2 has an association relationship with carrier 3
  • logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5
  • logical channel 4 has an association relationship with carrier 6.
  • Logical channel 1 corresponds to MAC entity 1
  • logical channel 2, logical channel 3, and logical channel 4 correspond to MAC entity 2.
  • the network device instructs to deactivate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, then the remaining activated logical channels of MAC entity 2 are logical channel 2 and logical channel 4, then the network device can determine the carrier associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation Establish an association relationship with logical channel 2 and/or logical channel 4. For example, the network device determines that carrier 4 and carrier 5 associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation are associated with logical channel 2, that is to say, for logical channel 4, the association relationship with the carrier does not change. of. Then the network device can generate the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 without generating the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 4.
  • the bitmap has 6 bits, and each bit represents a carrier, from high to low respectively corresponding to carrier 1 to carrier 6, then the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 can be 001110, which indicates that logical channel 2 and carrier 3 , Carrier 4 and carrier 5 establish an association relationship, and logical channel 2 originally has an association relationship with carrier 3, so the terminal device can then establish an association relationship between logical channel 2 and carrier 4 and carrier 5.
  • the first information can also include the bitmap corresponding to these logical channels, that is, if the remaining activated logical channels The association relationship between all the logical channels of the channel and the carrier will change, then the first information may include the bitmaps corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels, and if there are logical channels in the remaining activated logical channels If the association relationship with the carrier does not change, the first information may include bitmaps corresponding to all logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels, or may also include bitmaps corresponding to some logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels, There are no specific restrictions.
  • the first information introduced above indicates the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier by including a bitmap.
  • the indication method is clear and simple, which is convenient for the terminal device to set according to the first information.
  • the first manner may also have other implementation forms.
  • the first manner may also include one of the following several implementation manners or any combination thereof.
  • the first manner may be a manner of disassociating the second logical channel and the first carrier, and the second logical channel may be one of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first information indicates, for example, the ID of the second logical channel and the ID of the first carrier, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the second logical channel and the first carrier.
  • the network device can indicate through the first information to release the association relationship between the second logical channel and the first carrier.
  • the first manner may be a manner of disassociating at least one logical channel and the corresponding carrier, and at least one logical channel may be one or more of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • Logical channel, for each logical channel of at least one logical channel, the corresponding carrier may refer to all or part of the carriers associated with the logical channel.
  • the first method may be to release the association relationship between the second logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the third logical channel, which is equivalent to the second carrier Move from the second logical channel to the third logical channel.
  • the second logical channel and the third logical channel may be two of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first information indicates, for example, the ID of the second logical channel, the ID of the second carrier, and the ID of the third logical channel, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association between the second logical channel and the second carrier Relationship, and establish an association relationship between the second carrier and the third logical channel.
  • the second logical channel has an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the multiple carriers is good, but the channel quality of the carrier associated with the third logical channel may not be very good, so the network equipment It can be instructed to release the association relationship between the second logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the third logical channel, so as to associate a carrier with better channel quality for the third logical channel to improve the The transmission quality of the copied data packet at the PDCP layer.
  • the carriers can also be processed in batches.
  • the association relationship between the second logical channel and multiple carriers can be released, and each carrier of the multiple carriers can be established with The association relationship between one or more logical channels, or the association relationship between multiple logical channels and the corresponding carrier can be disassociated, and the association relationship between the disassociated carrier and one or more logical channels can be established, etc. Wait.
  • the first manner may also be a manner of establishing an association relationship between the second logical channel and a third carrier, and the third carrier is in a state that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the MAC entity.
  • the second logical channel is one of the remaining activated logical channels. That is, the third carrier has not previously established an association relationship with any logical channel of the MAC entity, and the network device may indicate through the first information to establish an association relationship between the third carrier and the second logical channel.
  • the channel quality of the carrier associated with the second logical channel may not be very good, but the channel quality of the third carrier is good, the network device may instruct the third carrier to establish an association with the second logical channel, thereby improving The transmission quality of data packets that are copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the carriers can also be processed in batches.
  • the association relationship between the second logical channel and multiple carriers can be established, and multiple carriers are not connected to the MAC entity. All logical channels are associated with the activated carrier, and so on.
  • the first manner may be a manner of establishing an association relationship between the second logical channel and the fourth carrier, the fourth carrier is the carrier indicated by the first information, and the second logical channel is the remaining activation One of the logical channels.
  • the first information may include the IDs of these carriers, so that after receiving the first information, the terminal device can compare the carriers included in the first information
  • the carrier corresponding to the ID of is associated with the second logical channel.
  • the fourth carrier is any one of the carriers that needs to establish an association relationship with the second logical channel.
  • the carriers that need to establish an association relationship with the second logical channel may include carriers that are currently associated with other activated logical channels of the MAC entity, and at least one of the carriers that have not established an association relationship with any logical channel of the MAC entity.
  • the terminal device needs to disassociate these carriers from the previous association after receiving the first information
  • the association relationship of the logical channel of the relationship, then these carriers are associated with the second logical channel; and if the carrier that needs to be associated with the second logical channel includes the carrier that is not associated with any logical channel of the MAC entity, Then, after receiving the first signaling, the terminal device directly establishes the association relationship between these carriers and the second logical channel.
  • the multiple implementation forms of the first method are described above. As for which one is adopted in the first method, it can be stipulated by the protocol or configured in advance by the network device.
  • the network device then instructs To deactivate the first logical channel, the logical channel of the MAC entity used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer becomes the second logical channel, the third logical channel, and the fourth logical channel. For example, the network device passes the first logical channel. The signaling indicates to deactivate the first logical channel. Then, the network device may carry the first information in the first signaling.
  • the first information includes, for example, the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the bitmap corresponding to the third logical channel, and the bitmap corresponding to the fourth logical channel to indicate the three
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier so that the terminal device can associate the carrier with the corresponding logical channel according to the three bitmaps.
  • the network device may not include the unchanged logical channel in the first information. This saves signaling overhead and also reduces the steps for terminal equipment to process the first information.
  • the network device then instructs to deactivate it.
  • the first logical channel, the logical channel used for transmitting the data packet copied at the PDCP layer of the MAC entity becomes the second logical channel, the third logical channel, and the fourth logical channel.
  • the network device instructs to deactivate the first logical channel through the first signaling.
  • the first signaling may also include first information. The first information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set in the first manner.
  • the terminal device can also set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first method.
  • the first method here includes, for example, the aforementioned sub-mode 1, sub-mode 2, sub-mode 3, and sub-mode 4, as described above. At least one of sub-mode 5 or sub-mode 6.
  • the network device then instructs to deactivate it.
  • the first logical channel, the logical channel used for transmitting the data packet copied at the PDCP layer of the radio bearer becomes the second logical channel, the third logical channel, and the fourth logical channel.
  • the network device instructs to deactivate the first logical channel through the first signaling.
  • the first signaling may also include first information.
  • the first information may include the ID of one carrier or the IDs of multiple carriers.
  • the first information includes The carrier corresponding to the ID of the carrier is the carrier that needs to establish an association relationship with the second logical channel. After receiving the first information, the terminal device can establish an association relationship between these carriers and the second logical channel.
  • the carrier corresponding to these activated logical channels can be determined according to the number of active logical channels remaining in the MAC entity to which the first logical channel belongs. While improving the system capacity as much as possible, it also reduces the possibility of two logical channels using the same carrier to ensure that the PDCP repeat transmission function can be completed. Moreover, with the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, after a logical channel is deactivated, it is also possible to clarify which carriers should be used by the remaining logical channels, so that the terminal device can perform correct operations.
  • the first information may be used to indicate that the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and the at least one carrier is set in the first manner, and the at least one carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated carrier before deactivation, that is, In other words, for the case that the radio bearer transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, if any logical channel is deactivated, then the embodiment of the application provides the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel in the remaining The method of assigning between activated logical channels. Moreover, the first method can be multiple and is more flexible.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second communication method.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of this method.
  • the method can be executed by two communication devices, such as a third communication device and a fourth communication device, where the third communication device can be a network device or can support the network device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the communication device or the third communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the terminal device to implement the method, and of course it may also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to implement the method, or the fourth communication device may be a terminal device or capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the required functions can of course also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the third communication device may be a network device, the fourth communication device is a terminal device, or the third communication device and the fourth communication device are both networks.
  • the device, or the third communication device and the fourth communication device are both terminal devices, or the third communication device is a network device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, and so on.
  • the network equipment is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is executed by the network device and the terminal device as an example, that is, the third communication device is the network device and the fourth communication device is the terminal device as an example.
  • the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6, and the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 6.
  • the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device described may be a terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 7.
  • the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 7 is mainly taken as an example.
  • the network device determines the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, and the radio bearer is the radio bearer to which the first logical channel belongs, and The radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function. Alternatively, the network device determines, after the PDCP repeated transmission function of the radio bearer is activated, the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier.
  • the first logical channel belongs to the radio bearer, and the radio bearer is configured with the PDCP repeat transmission function.
  • the PDCP entity of the radio bearer is associated with at least two RLC entities, and the at least two RLC entities are used to perform the PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the radio bearer is configured with the PDCP repeat transmission function, which can be understood as when the number of activated logical channels of the radio bearer is greater than or equal to 2, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least two copies at the PDCP layer, respectively
  • the at least two logical channels are used for transmission, that is, at least two logical channels are transmitted with the same data packet after being copied.
  • each of the at least two logical channels can transmit one data packet, that is, at least two logical channels transmit at least two data packets.
  • one of the data packets may be an original data packet.
  • the other data packets are the data packets obtained after copying the original data packet.
  • these at least two data packets are collectively referred to as the copied data packets, or the data packets that are copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the "duplicated data packet” or “duplicated data packet at the PDCP layer” mentioned in the following are all understood in the same way.
  • the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier may be preset, and for one logical channel, only one type of association relationship with the carrier may be set, or multiple types may be set.
  • the network device when the network device determines to activate or deactivate the logical channel of the radio bearer, it can determine which type of logical channel should be used between the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier after the logical channel of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated. connection relation. For example, if the network device wants to activate or deactivate the first logical channel of the radio bearer, the network device can also determine that after activating or deactivating the first logical channel, the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier connection relation. In this manner, the network device can directly determine the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier, or directly send the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain information more directly.
  • the network device may also determine an identifier, which is used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the first association relationship may be set by the network device, and the network device may send the corresponding relationship to the terminal device after setting the corresponding relationship, and the terminal device may receive the corresponding relationship from the network device.
  • the corresponding relationship can also be stipulated by agreement.
  • the first association relationship includes the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier, wherein, if the first implementation manner of the identifier is adopted, an identifier is used to indicate a logical channel and carrier of the radio bearer Or, if the second implementation manner of the identifier is adopted, an identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between all logical channels and carriers of the radio bearer. The first implementation and the second implementation of the identification will be introduced later.
  • the network device can determine which association relationship should be used between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier after the logical channel of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated . For example, if the network device wants to activate or deactivate the first logical channel of the radio bearer, the network device can also determine that after activating or deactivating the first logical channel, the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier The association relationship, so that the network device can select the corresponding identifier from the corresponding relationship between the preset identifier and the association relationship.
  • the association relationship indicated by the identifier is that after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the remaining radio bearer The association between the activated logical channel and the carrier.
  • the network device may determine which association should be used between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier after the PDCP repeat transmission function of the radio bearer is activated relationship. For example, if the network device wants to activate the PDCP repeat transmission function of the radio bearer, the network device can also determine the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier after the PDCP repeat transmission function of the radio bearer is activated. Therefore, the network device can select the corresponding identifier from the corresponding relationship between the preset identifier and the association relationship.
  • the association relationship indicated by the identifier is that after the PDCP repeat transmission function of the radio bearer is activated, the remaining activation of the radio bearer The relationship between the logical channel and the carrier. At this time, the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer may be all logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • one or more identifications can be set for a logical channel, each of which corresponds to an association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier. Then, if only one identifier is set for a logical channel, there is only one association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier, and if multiple identifiers are set for a logical channel, there can be between the logical channel and the carrier. Multiple relationships. One or more identifiers can be set for each logical channel of the radio bearer, which is equivalent to one or more association relationships can be set for each logical channel. Among them, the number of association relationships set for different logical channels may be equal or not equal.
  • association relationship corresponding to logical channel 1 can be realized in the form of a list, which can be referred to Table 1.
  • association relationship corresponding to ID 1 is the association relationship between logical channel 1 and carrier 2 and carrier 3.
  • content included in Table 1 is just an example.
  • association relationship corresponding to a logical channel is not limited to being realized in the form of a list.
  • one or more identifications can be set for all logical channels of a radio bearer, or in other words, one or more identifications can be set for a radio bearer, and one of the indexes corresponds to the radio bearer An association relationship between all logical channels and carriers. Then, if only one identifier is set for a radio bearer, there is only one association relationship between all logical channels and carriers of the radio bearer, and if multiple identifiers are set for a radio bearer, the radio bearer’s There can be multiple associations between all logical channels and carriers.
  • a radio bearer includes logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • Two identities can be preset for these three logical channels. These two identities correspond to two association relationships, or in other words, these two identities correspond to Two association relationships between logical channel 1 and carrier, two association relationships between logical channel 2 and carrier, and two association relationships between logical channel 3 and carrier.
  • the association relationship corresponding to all logical channels of the radio bearer can be realized in the form of a list, which can be referred to Table 2.
  • the association relationship corresponding to ID 1 is the association relationship between logical channel 1 and carrier 2 and carrier 3, the association relationship between logical channel 2 and carrier 4 and carrier 5, and the association relationship between logical channel 3 and carrier 1.
  • the relationship between is just an example.
  • the association relationship corresponding to all logical channels of a radio bearer is not limited to being realized in the form of a list.
  • the network device determines to activate or deactivate the first logical channel (or after determining the activation
  • the network device may only need to determine the identification corresponding to the activated logical channel, instead of determining the identification corresponding to the deactivated logical channel, and the identification corresponds to the logical channel one-to-one, indicating more clear.
  • the network device can also only determine the identifier corresponding to the logical channel whose association relationship with the carrier has changed, so that it can clearly indicate , And can save signaling overhead.
  • a radio bearer corresponds to three logical channels, which are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the association relationship is pre-defined through the agreement, and the corresponding relationship is specifically: 1 corresponds to identification 1, logical channel 2 corresponds to identification 2 and identification 3, and logical channel 3 corresponds to identification 4 and identification 5.
  • the network device determines to deactivate logical channel 2, then the network device can also determine the association between logical channel 1 and the carrier after deactivating logical channel 2, and the association between logical channel 3 and the carrier Relationship and determine the corresponding identification.
  • the identifier determined by the network device includes the identifier 1 of the logical channel 1 and the identifier 4 of the logical channel 3. Or, if the association relationship between the logical channel 1 and the carrier has not changed, but the association relationship between the logical channel 3 and the carrier has changed, the network device only needs to determine the identifier 4, and does not need to determine the identifier 1.
  • the network device determines to activate logical channel 2, then the network device can determine the association relationship between logical channel 1 and the carrier after logical channel 2 is activated, The association relationship between the logical channel 2 and the carrier, and the association relationship between the logical channel 3 and the carrier, and the corresponding identification is determined.
  • the identifier determined by the network device includes the identifier 1 of the logical channel 1, the identifier 3 of the logical channel 2, and the identifier 4 of the logical channel 3.
  • the corresponding identifier may be the identifier 3 or the identifier 2, and there is no specific limitation.
  • the network device determines to activate or deactivate the first logical channel (or determines to activate the radio bearer
  • an identifier can be determined together, and this identifier can indicate the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier of the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • an identifier can correspond to all logical channels of a radio bearer
  • the network device indicates an identifier to the terminal device, and if the network device activates or deactivates the first logical channel, the corresponding identifier is Some logical channels may be deactivated logical channels, and the terminal device ignores the association relationship between these logical channels and carriers corresponding to the identifier, and only needs to set the relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the indication of the identifier. The relationship between.
  • the network device only needs to send one identification to indicate the association relationship between all logical channels and carriers. Less information indicates more content, and the utilization rate of information is higher. , And help to save signaling overhead.
  • a radio bearer corresponds to three logical channels, which are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the association relationship is pre-defined through the agreement, and the corresponding relationship is specifically, identifier 1.
  • the network device determines to deactivate logical channel 2, then the network device can also determine the association between logical channel 1 and the carrier after deactivating logical channel 2, and the association between logical channel 3 and the carrier Relationship and determine the corresponding identification.
  • the identifier determined by the network device is the identifier 2 in Table 2.
  • the logical channel 2 corresponding to the identifier 2 is a deactivated logical channel, and the terminal device ignores the association relationship between the logical channel 2 corresponding to the identifier and the carrier, and only needs to set according to the indication of the identifier The association relationship between logical channel 1 and the carrier, and the association relationship between logical channel 3 and the carrier.
  • the network device determines to activate logical channel 2, then the network device can determine the association relationship between logical channel 1 and the carrier after logical channel 2 is activated, The association relationship between the logical channel 2 and the carrier, and the association relationship between the logical channel 3 and the carrier, and the corresponding identification is determined.
  • the identifier determined by the network device is identifier 1.
  • the corresponding identifier may be the identifier 2 or the identifier 1, and there is no specific limitation.
  • the network device sends first signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first signaling from the network device, where the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, and The first signaling further indicates that, after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the first signaling may be used to indicate that the PDCP repeated transmission function of the radio bearer is activated; or, if the PDCP repeated transmission function of the radio bearer has been previously activated If activated, the first signaling may indicate that the PDCP repeated transmission function of the radio bearer is deactivated, or may indicate that the first logical channel of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated.
  • the network device directly carries the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier in the first signaling and sends it to the terminal device, that is, the network device does not send an identifier to the terminal device, then the terminal device does not need to The corresponding relationship between the identifier and the association relationship is searched, and the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier can be determined directly according to the first signaling. In this way, the way the terminal device obtains information is more direct.
  • the network device can send the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier to the terminal device, or, for the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer, there may be a logical channel and the carrier Compared with the first logical channel before the activation or deactivation, the association relationship has not changed, so the network device can also only send the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier whose association relationship with the carrier has changed to For the terminal device, the network device may not send the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier whose association relationship with the carrier has not changed to the terminal device, which can clearly indicate and save signaling overhead.
  • the network device carries the identifier in the first signaling and sends it to the terminal device, the identifier is used to indicate that after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, each of the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer After the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated according to the identifier. .
  • the network device may send first signaling to the terminal device to instruct to activate the PDCP repeated transmission function of the radio bearer.
  • the first signaling may carry the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier, or may carry an identifier.
  • the first signaling may not carry the identifier or directly carry the remaining activation of the radio bearer The relationship between the logical channel and the carrier. Because in this case, all logical channels of the radio bearer are in an inactive state, there is no need to indicate the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier.
  • the network device may send first signaling to the terminal device to instruct to activate or deactivate the first logical channel.
  • the first signaling may carry the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier, or may carry an identifier.
  • the network device carries the identifier in the first signaling and sends it as an example, or another implementation is that the network device does not carry the identifier in the first signaling, but sends the identifier separately through other signaling. For example, the network device sends the identifier through the second signaling. And if the network device sends the identifier through the second signaling, the network device may send the first signaling first and then the second signaling, or send the second signaling first and then the first signaling, or send the first signaling at the same time And the second signaling.
  • the number of identifications carried in the first signaling can be equal to the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer, which can be understood as:
  • the identification carried in the signaling corresponds to the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer; or, if the first implementation of the above identification is adopted, the number of identifications carried in the first signaling may also be less than the remaining radio bearer
  • the number of activated logical channels for example, the first signaling only carries an identifier corresponding to the logical channel whose association relationship with the carrier has changed. If the second implementation of the above identification is adopted, the number of identifications carried in the first signaling may be 1. This identification may indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier.
  • the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer may refer to the radio bearer's PDCP repeat transmission function after the radio bearer is activated.
  • the radio bearer may refer to the After a logical channel is activated or deactivated, the radio bears the remaining logical channels in the activated state.
  • the first signaling is, for example, DCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU, etc., which is not specifically limited, as long as the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel.
  • the RLC control PDU refers to a type of RLC PDU that is different from the RLC data PDU (RLC data PDU), which is distinguished from the RLC data PDU by the indication information in the packet header.
  • RLC data PDU RLC data PDU
  • it is used to transfer control information or feedback information of the RLC layer.
  • it can be used to transmit control information related to the PDCP repeated transmission function, including activation/deactivation instructions.
  • PDCP control PDU refers to a type of PDCP PDU that is different from PDCP data PDU (PDCP data PDU), which is distinguished from PDCP data PDU by the indication information in the packet header. Generally speaking, it is used to transmit control information or feedback information of the PDCP layer. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be used to transmit control information related to the PDCP repeated transmission function, including activation/deactivation instructions.
  • the terminal device determines the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the first signaling, where the radio bearer is the radio bearer to which the first logical channel belongs, and the radio is Configured with PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the terminal device determines the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the first signaling.
  • the terminal device sets the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier of the radio bearer according to the first signaling.
  • the relationship between. may first determine the corresponding association relationship and then set the corresponding association relationship, or the terminal device may directly set the corresponding association relationship without going through the step of "determining" the corresponding association relationship.
  • the terminal device determines the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the first signaling.
  • the terminal device can directly determine the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer according to the first signaling.
  • the correspondence between the identification and the association is relatively simple.
  • the terminal device may obtain the association relationship between each remaining activated logical channel and the carrier from the first signaling; Or, if the network device transmits the association relationship between the remaining partially activated logical channels and the carrier, for example, it transmits the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier whose association relationship with the carrier has changed, then the terminal The device may obtain the association relationship between the remaining partially activated logical channels and the carriers from the first signaling.
  • the terminal device can determine that the original association relationship between these logical channels and the carrier can continue to be used.
  • the terminal device can determine the association relationship between all the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the identifier.
  • the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer can be 1, or greater than 1. If the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer is greater than 1, it means that the first implementation of the identification is adopted, and If the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer is 1, it means that the first implementation manner of the identification or the second implementation manner of the identification is adopted. In short, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between all the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier of the radio bearer according to an identifier.
  • a radio bearer corresponds to three logical channels, which are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the association relationship is pre-defined through the agreement, and the corresponding relationship specifically includes the identifier 1 and
  • the network device determines to deactivate logical channel 2, then the network device can also determine the association between logical channel 1 and the carrier after deactivating logical channel 2, and the association between logical channel 3 and the carrier Relationship and determine the corresponding identification.
  • the identifier determined by the network device is the identifier 2 in Table 2.
  • the first signaling sent by the network device carries the identifier 2, and the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the logical channel 1 and the carrier corresponding to the identifier 2 and the association relationship between the logical channel 3 and the carrier according to Table 2. Because the logical channel 2 is a deactivated logical channel, the terminal device just ignores the association relationship between the logical channel 2 corresponding to the identifier 2 and the carrier.
  • the terminal device can determine the association relationship between all the remaining activated logical channels or partially activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to these identifiers. Wherein, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between each active logical channel and the carrier of the remaining radio bearer according to the identifier carried in the first signaling, that is, the identifier carried in the first signaling is related to the remaining activated radio bearer.
  • the terminal device can also determine the association relationship between the remaining part of the activated logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the identifier carried in the first signaling, and for the remaining part of the activated logical channel of the radio bearer , The first signaling does not carry the corresponding identifier, and the terminal device can determine that the association relationship between these activated logical channels and the carrier does not change.
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is greater than 1, indicating that the first implementation manner of identifiers is adopted.
  • a radio bearer corresponds to three logical channels, which are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the association relationship is pre-defined through the agreement, and the corresponding relationship is specifically: 1 corresponds to identification 1, logical channel 2 corresponds to identification 2 and identification 3, and logical channel 3 corresponds to identification 4 and identification 5.
  • the network device determines to deactivate logical channel 2, then the network device can also determine the association between logical channel 1 and the carrier after deactivating logical channel 2, and the association between logical channel 3 and the carrier Relationship and determine the corresponding identification.
  • the identifier determined by the network device includes the identifier 1 of the logical channel 1 and the identifier 4 of the logical channel 3.
  • the first signaling sent by the network device carries the identifier 1 and the identifier 4.
  • the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the logical channel 1 and the carrier corresponding to the identifier 2 and the logical channel 3 and the carrier corresponding to the identifier 4 according to the corresponding relationship. The relationship between. Or, if the association relationship between the logical channel 1 and the carrier has not changed, but the association relationship between the logical channel 3 and the carrier has changed, the network device only needs to determine the identifier 4, and does not need to determine the identifier 1. Then the first signaling sent by the network device carries the identifier 4. The terminal device can determine the association relationship between the logical channel 3 corresponding to the identifier 4 and the carrier according to the corresponding relationship, and the terminal device can determine the association between the logical channel 1 and the carrier The relationship does not change.
  • the network device can explicitly indicate the association relationship between the logical signal and the carrier through the identifier, which reduces the possibility of errors in the repeated PDCP transmission process, and the indication method is clear. And by this way of re-changing the association relationship between the logical signal and the carrier, the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel can be associated with other logical channels to re-establish the association relationship, so that these carriers can be used, which is helpful To increase system capacity.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a third communication method.
  • FIG. 11, is a flowchart of this method.
  • the method can be executed by two communication devices, such as a fifth communication device and a sixth communication device, where the fifth communication device can be a network device or can support the network device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the communication device or the fifth communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the terminal device to implement the method, and of course it may also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the sixth communication device.
  • the sixth communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to implement the method, or the sixth communication device may be a terminal device or capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the required functions can of course also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the fifth communication device may be a network device
  • the sixth communication device is a terminal device
  • the fifth communication device and the sixth communication device are both networks.
  • the device, or the fifth communication device and the sixth communication device are both terminal devices
  • the fifth communication device is a network device
  • the sixth communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, and so on.
  • the network equipment is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is executed by the network device and the terminal device as an example, that is, the fifth communication device is the network device and the sixth communication device is the terminal device as an example.
  • the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6, and the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 6.
  • the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device described may be a terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 7.
  • the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 7 is mainly taken as an example.
  • the network device determines first information, where the first information is used to indicate whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier continues when the logical channel of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated Applicable, where the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the PDCP entity of the radio bearer may be associated with at least two RLC entities, and the at least two RLC entities are used to perform the PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the radio bearer is configured with the PDCP repeat transmission function. It can be understood that when the number of activated logical channels of the radio bearer is greater than or equal to 2, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least two copies at the PDCP layer, and passes through this. At least two logical channels are transmitted, that is, at least two logical channels transmit the same data packet after being copied. Among them, each of the at least two logical channels can transmit one data packet, that is, at least two logical channels transmit at least two data packets. Among the at least two data packets, one of the data packets may be an original data packet. The other data packets are the data packets obtained after copying the original data packet.
  • these at least two data packets are collectively referred to as the copied data packets, or the data packets that are copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the "duplicated data packet” or “duplicated data packet at the PDCP layer” mentioned in the following are all understood in the same way.
  • the radio bearer may correspond to one MAC entity, or may also correspond to multiple MAC entities. If the radio bearer corresponds to multiple MAC entities, then the first information may indicate whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier continues when the logical channel of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated Applicable. At this time, the MAC entities are not distinguished.
  • the first information indicates whether the association relationship between the activated logical channels of all MAC entities and the carrier continues to apply; or, if the radio bearer corresponds to multiple MAC entities, Then, the first information may also indicate that when a logical channel of a MAC entity of the radio bearer (for example, called the first MAC entity) is activated or deactivated, the remaining activated logical channel of the first MAC entity and the carrier are Whether the association relationship continues to apply, that is, the first information indicates the situation of a MAC entity.
  • a logical channel of a MAC entity of the radio bearer for example, called the first MAC entity
  • whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and the carriers continues to apply may also be related to the number of remaining activated logical channels. Therefore, if a piece of first information indicates the status of the first MAC entity, then the first information can indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the remaining active of the first MAC entity When the number of logical channels is 1, whether the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels continues to apply; or, the first information may indicate that when the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer has logical When the channel is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, whether the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels continues to apply; or, first A piece of information can indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the
  • the first information is only a general reference. No matter which logical channel or channels are activated or deactivated, the radio bearer or the radio bearer can be indicated through the first information. Whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of a MAC entity of a radio bearer and the carrier continues to apply.
  • the radio bearer may have a logical channel deactivated, or when the network device determines the first information, all the logical channels of the radio bearer are in the first activated state, and No logical channel is deactivated, or when the network device determines the first information, one of the logical channels of the radio bearer is deactivated and then activated again, or the network device is determining to activate or deactivate the radio
  • the first information is determined when the logical channel is carried, and there is no specific limitation.
  • the network device may determine first information, and the first information may indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, The association relationship between the remaining activated logical channel and the carrier of the first MAC entity continues to be applicable or not applicable.
  • the first MAC entity may be the MAC entity 1 or the MAC entity 2 shown in FIG. 5, and the activated or deactivated logical channel may be one or more of the logical channel 1 to the logical channel 4 shown in FIG. 5.
  • the first information indicates that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity The association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier is not applicable. Then, for example, if the logical channel 1 of the MAC entity 1 is deactivated, the number of the remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity 1 is 1, and the terminal device can determine the remaining number of the MAC entity 1 The association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is not applicable, and the logical channel 2 can use all the carriers of the MAC entity 1.
  • the network device may determine first information, and the first information may indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1,
  • the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity and the carrier continues to be applicable or inapplicable, and indicates that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the first MAC entity remains
  • the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1
  • the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity and the carrier continues to be applicable or not applicable.
  • the first MAC entity may be the MAC entity 1 or the MAC entity 2 shown in FIG. 9, and the activated or deactivated logical channel may be one or more of the logical channel 1 to the logical channel 4 shown in FIG. 9.
  • the first information indicates that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity The association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier continues to apply.
  • the terminal device can determine the remaining number of the MAC entity 1
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier continues to apply.
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information from the network device.
  • the network device may send the first information to the terminal device.
  • the network device may simultaneously send the first information to the terminal device when activating or deactivating the logical channel of the radio bearer.
  • the network device sends the first signaling to the terminal device.
  • the first signaling carries the first information.
  • the signaling is used to activate or deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the first signaling is, for example, DCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU, etc., which is not specifically limited, as long as the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel.
  • the RLC control PDU refers to a type of RLC PDU that is different from the RLC data PDU (RLC data PDU), which is distinguished from the RLC data PDU by the indication information in the packet header.
  • RLC data PDU RLC data PDU
  • it is used to transfer control information or feedback information of the RLC layer.
  • it can be used to transmit control information related to the PDCP repeated transmission function, including activation/deactivation instructions.
  • PDCP control PDU refers to a type of PDCP PDU that is different from PDCP data PDU (PDCP data PDU), which is distinguished from PDCP data PDU by the indication information in the packet header. Generally speaking, it is used to transmit control information or feedback information of the PDCP layer. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be used to transmit control information related to the PDCP repeated transmission function, including activation/deactivation instructions.
  • the network device may also specifically send the first information to the terminal device without sending the first information to the terminal device when the logical channel is activated or deactivated.
  • the terminal device obtains the first information.
  • the terminal device can receive the first information from the network device, and the terminal device receiving the first information can be regarded as the terminal device acquiring the first information.
  • S112 and S113 can be the same step.
  • the first information may also be specified through a protocol, or pre-configured in the terminal device.
  • the network device does not need to send the first information to the terminal device, the terminal device determines the first information according to the protocol, or the terminal device obtains the pre-configuration
  • the first information can be regarded as the terminal device acquiring the first information. In this case, S111 and S112 may not be executed.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first information, whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier continues to apply when the radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated.
  • the radio bearer is configured with PDCP repeated transmission.
  • the architecture of a radio bearer is shown in Figure 5.
  • the first information indicates that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity
  • the association relationship with the carrier is not applicable.
  • the network device carries the first information in the first signaling to send, and the first signaling indicates to deactivate the logical channel 1 of the MAC entity 1, and the number of the remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity 1 is 1, and the terminal device can determine The association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and carriers of the MAC entity 1 is not applicable, or in other words, the terminal device determines that the logical channel 2 can use all the carriers of the first MAC entity.
  • the architecture of a radio bearer is shown in Figure 9.
  • the first information indicates that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity
  • the association with the carrier continues to apply.
  • the first information is specified by the protocol, then, if the logical channel 1 of the MAC entity 1 is deactivated, the number of remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity 1 is 2, and the terminal device can determine the remaining activated logical channels of the MAC entity 1.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier continues to apply, that is, the association relationship between the logical channel 2 and the carrier is determined to continue to apply, and the association relationship between the logical channel 3 and the carrier is determined to continue to apply.
  • the first information may be used to explicitly indicate whether the association relationship between the logical signal and the carrier continues to be applicable, which reduces the possibility of errors in the repeated PDCP transmission process, and the indication method is clear. Moreover, if a logical channel of the first MAC entity of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, then the remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity and the carrier The association relationship may not be applicable. In this way, the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel can be associated with other logical channels to re-establish the association relationship, so that these carriers can be used, thereby helping to improve the system capacity.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1200 is, for example, a terminal device 1200.
  • the terminal device 1200 includes a processing module 1220 and a transceiver module 1210.
  • the processing module 1220 can be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for receiving and sending operations, such as S83 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and/or for supporting Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the transceiving module 1210 can be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S82 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and/or other technologies that support the technology described herein. process.
  • the transceiver module 1210 is configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is deactivated;
  • the processing module 1220 is configured to determine whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity.
  • the logical channel and the logical channel in the active state belong to the same radio bearer, and the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the processing module 1220 is configured to determine the difference between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner. Is the relationship between:
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to determine that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through a first type of carrier, and the first type of carrier includes all carriers corresponding to the MAC entity , Or the first type of carrier includes a carrier having an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation and a carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel.
  • the processing module 1220 is configured to determine the active logical channel and the carrier according to whether the active logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner Whether the relationship between is applicable:
  • the active logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of active logical channels is 1, it is determined that the active logical channel is between the carrier The relationship of is not applicable; or,
  • the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, it is determined to be used for transmitting the active state according to the first information
  • the carrier of the data packet carried by the logical channel, wherein the first information is obtained from the first signaling, or the first information is preset information.
  • the processing module 1220 is configured to determine the active logical channel and the carrier according to whether the active logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity in the following manner Whether the relationship between is applicable:
  • processing module 1220 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1210 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1300.
  • the communication device 1300 is a terminal device 1300, for example.
  • the terminal device 1300 includes a processor 1310, a memory 1320, and a transceiver 1330.
  • the memory 1320 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1310 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1320.
  • the processor 1310 is configured to execute the operations performed by the processing module 1220 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1330 is configured to execute the operations performed by the transceiver module 1210 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • terminal device 1200 or the terminal device 1300 may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the operation and/or function of each module in the terminal device 1200 or the terminal device 1300 are respectively In order to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, for the sake of brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1400 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1400 is, for example, a network device 1400.
  • the network device 1400 includes a processing module 1420 and a transceiver module 1410.
  • the processing module 1420 can be used to perform all operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for the transceiving operation, such as S81 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and/or for supporting Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the transceiving module 1410 can be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S82 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and/or other technologies that support the technology described herein. process.
  • the processing module 1420 is configured to determine to deactivate the first logical channel
  • the transceiver module 1410 is configured to send first signaling to a terminal device, where the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel to instruct the terminal device to communicate with the first logical channel according to the activated logical channel Whether a logical channel belongs to the same MAC entity, it is determined whether the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is applicable.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine the activated logical channel according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity Whether the association relationship with the carrier is applicable, including:
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine that when the second logical channel in the activated state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, it is determined that the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is not Be applicable.
  • the first signaling further instructs the terminal device to determine that the data packet carried by the second logical channel can be transmitted through a first type of carrier, and the first type of carrier includes the All the carriers corresponding to the MAC entity, or the first-type carriers include carriers that have an association relationship with the first logical channel before deactivation, and carriers that have an association relationship with the second logical channel.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine the activated logical channel according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity Whether the association relationship with the carrier is applicable, including:
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is one
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is not applicable; or,
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is greater than one
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier continues to apply; or,
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device, when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity, and the number of the logical channels in the active state is greater than 1, according to
  • the first information determines the carrier used to transmit the data packet carried by the logical channel in the active state, wherein the first information is obtained from the first signaling, or the first information is preset information.
  • the first signaling instructs the terminal device to determine the activated logical channel according to whether the activated logical channel and the first logical channel belong to the same MAC entity Whether the association relationship with the carrier is applicable, including:
  • the first signaling indicates to the terminal device that when the logical channel in the active state and the first logical channel do not belong to the same MAC entity, the association between the logical channel in the active state and the carrier The relationship continues to apply.
  • processing module 1420 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1410 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1500.
  • the communication device 1500 is a network device 1500, for example.
  • the network device 1500 includes a processor 1510, a memory 1520, and a transceiver 1530.
  • the memory 1520 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1510 is configured to execute the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1520.
  • the processor 1510 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1420 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1530 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1410 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • network device 1500 or the network device 1500 may correspond to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the operation and/or function of each module in the network device 1500 or the network device 1500 are respectively In order to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, for the sake of brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1600 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1600 is a terminal device 1600, for example.
  • the terminal device 1600 includes a processing module 1620 and a transceiver module 1610.
  • the processing module 1620 can be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 except for receiving and sending operations, such as S103 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and/or for supporting Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the transceiving module 1610 can be used to perform all transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, such as S102 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and/or other technologies that support the technology described herein. process.
  • the transceiver module 1610 is configured to receive first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is activated or deactivated;
  • the processing module 1620 is configured to determine the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the first signaling, where the radio bearer is the radio bearer to which the first logical channel belongs, and the The wireless is configured with PDCP repeat transmission function.
  • the first signaling further carries an identifier
  • the processing module 1620 is configured to determine the association between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier according to the first signaling in the following manner relationship:
  • the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier is determined.
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is 1, and the identifiers are used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier; or,
  • the number of identifiers carried in the first signaling is less than or equal to the number of remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer, and one of the identifiers is used to indicate an association relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier.
  • the transceiver module 1610 is further configured to receive a corresponding relationship between an identifier and a first association relationship, where the first association relationship includes the relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier.
  • Association relationship where one identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between one logical channel and the carrier, or one identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between all logical channels and the carrier.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1700.
  • the communication device 1700 is, for example, a terminal device 1700.
  • the terminal device 1700 includes a processor 1710, a memory 1720, and a transceiver 1730.
  • the memory 1720 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1710 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1720.
  • the processor 1710 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1620 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1730 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1610 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • terminal device 1600 or the terminal device 1700 may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and the operation and/or function of each module in the terminal device 1600 or the terminal device 1700 are respectively In order to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, for the sake of brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1800 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1800 is, for example, a network device 1800.
  • the network device 1800 includes a processing module 1820 and a transceiver module 1810.
  • the processing module 1820 can be used to perform all operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 except for receiving and sending operations, such as S101 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and/or for supporting Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the transceiver module 1810 may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, such as S102 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and/or other technologies used to support the technology described herein. process.
  • the processing module 1820 is configured to determine the association relationship between each logical channel in the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, and the radio bearer is the first The radio bearer to which the logical channel belongs, and the radio is configured with the PDCP repeat transmission function;
  • the transceiver module 1810 is configured to send first signaling to a terminal device, where the first signaling is used to indicate that the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, and the first signaling is also used to indicate that the After the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the radio bears the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier.
  • the first signaling further carries an identifier, and the identifier is used to indicate that after the first logical channel is activated or deactivated, the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer The association relationship between each logical channel and carrier.
  • the identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between each logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier; or,
  • the identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between an activated logical channel of the radio bearer and a carrier.
  • the transceiver module 1810 is further configured to send the corresponding relationship between the identifier and the first association relationship to the terminal device, where the first association relationship includes the logical channel and carrier of the radio bearer
  • the first association relationship includes the logical channel and carrier of the radio bearer
  • one identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, or one identifier is used to indicate the association relationship between all logical channels and the carrier.
  • processing module 1820 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1810 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1900.
  • the communication device 1900 is a network device 1900, for example.
  • the network device 1900 includes a processor 1910, a memory 1920, and a transceiver 1930.
  • the memory 1920 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1910 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1920.
  • the processor 1910 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1820 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1930 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1810 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device 1800 or the network device 1900 may correspond to the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and the operation and/or operation of each module in the network device 1800 or the network device 1900 The functions are to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 2000 is a terminal device 2000, for example.
  • the terminal device 2000 includes a processing module 2020 and a transceiver module 2010.
  • the processing module 2020 can be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 except for receiving and sending operations, such as S113 and S114 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and/or using To support other processes of the technology described in this article.
  • the transceiver module 2010 may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, such as S112 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and/or other technologies that support the technology described herein. process.
  • the processing module 2020 is used to obtain the first information
  • the processing module 2020 is further configured to determine, according to the first information, whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier continues to apply when the radio bearer logical channel is activated or deactivated, wherein ,
  • the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function.
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the Whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels and carriers continues to apply; and/or,
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the Whether the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier continues to apply.
  • processing module 2020 in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 2010 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 2100.
  • the communication device 2100 is a terminal device 2100, for example.
  • the terminal device 2100 includes a processor 2110, a memory 2120, and a transceiver 2130.
  • the memory 2120 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 2110 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 2120.
  • the processor 2110 is configured to execute the operations performed by the processing module 2020 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 2130 is configured to execute the operations performed by the transceiver module 2010 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • terminal device 2000 or the terminal device 2100 may correspond to the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and the operation and/or operation of each module in the terminal device 2000 or the terminal device 2100 The functions are to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2200 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 2200 is a network device 2200, for example.
  • the network device 2200 includes a processing module 2220 and a transceiver module 2210.
  • the processing module 2220 can be used to perform all operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 except for receiving and sending operations, such as S111 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and/or for supporting Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the transceiver module 2210 may be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, such as S112 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and/or other technologies used to support the technology described herein. process.
  • the processing module 2220 is configured to determine first information, and the first information is used to indicate the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier when the logical channel of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated Whether it continues to be applicable, wherein the radio bearer is configured with a PDCP repeated transmission function;
  • the transceiver module 2210 is configured to send the first information to the terminal device.
  • the first information is used to indicate whether the association relationship between the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer and the carrier continues when the logical channel of the radio bearer is activated or deactivated Applicable, including:
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is 1, the Whether the association relationship between each logical channel and the carrier in the remaining activated logical channels continues to apply; and/or,
  • the first information is used to indicate that when a logical channel of the first MAC entity corresponding to the radio bearer is activated or deactivated, and the number of remaining activated logical channels of the first MAC entity is greater than 1, the Whether the association relationship between each of the remaining activated logical channels and the carrier continues to apply.
  • processing module 2220 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 2210 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 2300.
  • the communication device 2300 is a network device 2300, for example.
  • the network device 2300 includes a processor 2310, a memory 2320, and a transceiver 2330.
  • the memory 2320 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 2310 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 2320.
  • the processor 2310 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 2220 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 2330 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 2210 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device 2200 or the network device 2300 may correspond to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and the operations and/or functions of each module in the network device 2200 or the network device 2300 are respectively In order to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, for the sake of brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device or a circuit.
  • the communication device may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10, or the method embodiment shown in FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 24 shows a simplified structural diagram of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 24 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 24. In actual terminal equipment products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 2410 and a processing unit 2420.
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
  • the processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 2410 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 2410 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 2410 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • transceiving unit 2410 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the processing unit 2420 is used to perform the method embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than operations.
  • the transceiving unit 2410 is configured to perform the transceiving steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S83.
  • the processing unit 2420 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for the receiving and sending operations, such as S82.
  • the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and the processing unit 2420 is configured to perform the terminal device side except for the transceiver operations in the method embodiment shown in FIG. Other operations.
  • the transceiving unit 2410 is configured to perform the transceiving steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, such as S103.
  • the processing unit 2420 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 except for the receiving and sending operations, such as S102.
  • the transceiver unit 2410 is configured to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and the processing unit 2420 is configured to execute the terminal device side in addition to the transceiver operations in the method embodiment shown in FIG. Other operations.
  • the transceiving unit 2410 is configured to perform the transceiving steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, such as S113 and S114.
  • the processing unit 2420 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 except for the receiving and sending operations, such as S112.
  • the chip When the communication device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the device shown in FIG. 25 may be referred to.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processor 2510 in FIG. 25.
  • the device includes a processor 2510, a data sending processor 2520, and a data receiving processor 2530.
  • the processing module 1220 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2510 in FIG. 25, and completes corresponding functions.
  • the transceiver module 1210 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 2520 and/or the receiving data processor 2530 in FIG. 25.
  • the processing module 1620 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2510 in FIG. 25, and complete corresponding functions.
  • the transceiver module 1610 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 2520 and/or the receiving data processor 2530 in FIG. 25.
  • the processing module 2020 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2510 in FIG. 25, and complete corresponding functions.
  • the transceiver module 2010 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 2520 and/or the receiving data processor 2530 in FIG. 25.
  • channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 25, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • Fig. 26 shows another form of this embodiment.
  • the processing device 2600 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication device in this embodiment can be used as a modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 2603 and an interface 2604.
  • the processor 2603 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 1220
  • the interface 2604 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 1210.
  • the processor 2603 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 1620
  • the interface 2604 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 1610.
  • the processor 2603 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 2020
  • the interface 2604 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 2010.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 2606, a processor 2603, and a program stored in the memory 2606 and running on the processor.
  • the processor 2603 executes the program to implement the method shown in FIG. 8 For example, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10, or the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 11.
  • the memory 2606 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 2600, as long as the memory 2606 can be connected to the The processor 2603 is fine.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, it can implement the process related to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, it can implement the process related to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, it can implement the process related to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 provided by the above method embodiment. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, it can implement the process related to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, it can implement the process related to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, it can implement the process related to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when executed, execute the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when executed, execute the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when executed, execute the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when executed, execute the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 10.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when executed, execute the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 11.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when executed, execute the method on the network device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 11.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or may be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, rather than corresponding to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Abstract

本申请涉及一种通信方法及设备，其中的一种通信方法包括：接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被去激活；根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，所述第一逻辑信道和所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载，且所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。通过本申请实施例提供的方法，在有逻辑信道被去激活后，可以明确剩余的逻辑信道究竟应该使用哪些载波，从而终端设备可以进行正确的操作。

Description

一种通信方法及设备
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2019年04月22日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910324451.3、申请名称为“一种通信方法及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及设备。
背景技术
在第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation，5G)系统中引入了分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)重复(duplication)传输功能。PDCP重复传输通常指将无线承载的数据包在PDCP层复制成两个相同的包(也就是重复包)，然后将这两个数据包分别递交到两个不同的无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)实体进行传输，进而通过不同的逻辑信道传输到媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层。
为了保证数据传输的可靠性，传输到MAC层的原始数据包和复制的数据包不能在同一载波上进行传输，因此不能通过同一个MAC协议数据单元(packet data unit，PDU)传输，因为只有通过不同的MAC PDU在不同的载波上传输，其中一个MAC PDU丢掉才不会影响另外一个MAC PDU的传输，相当于可靠性提高了一倍。
目前，PDCP重复传输只限于一个无线承载通过两个RLC实体和两个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包，可能会为其中的每个逻辑信道配置与载波之间的关联关系，以保证不同逻辑信道的数据在不同的载波上传输。PDCP重复传输功能激活或者去激活的时候，关联关系可能会发生改变。而当PDCP重复传输不仅限于两个RLC实体和两个逻辑信道的时候，在有逻辑信道被去激活以后，剩余的逻辑信道与载波的关联关系如何改变，还是一个亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及设备，用于解决在有逻辑信道被去激活后，剩余的逻辑信道应使用哪些载波的技术问题。
第一方面，提供第一种通信方法，该方法包括：接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被去激活；根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，所述第一逻辑信道和所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载，且所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
该方法可由第一通信装置执行，第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为终端设备。
在本申请实施例中，如果第一逻辑信道被去激活，则可以根据剩余的处于激活状态的 逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，来确定剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。可见，通过本申请实施例提供的方法，在有逻辑信道被去激活后，可以明确剩余的逻辑信道究竟应该使用哪些载波，从而终端设备可以进行正确的操作。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中，根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
在本申请实施例中，如果第一逻辑信道被去激活，且激活的第二逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，那么第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，从而可以提升系统容量。而且通过本申请实施例提供的方法，在有逻辑信道被去激活后，也可以明确剩余的激活的逻辑信道究竟应该使用哪些载波，从而终端设备可以进行正确的操作。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
其中，逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，也可以描述为，该逻辑信道承载的数据具体在哪个或哪些载波上传输，不受到该逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系的限制。那么，如果终端设备确定第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，则终端设备还可以确定，第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过该MAC实体的第一类载波传输。例如第一类载波包括该MAC实体对应的全部载波。其中，该MAC实体对应的全部载波，包括与第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。另外，如果该MAC实体除了对应第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道之外还对应其他的逻辑信道，那么该MAC实体对应的全部载波也包括与这些其他的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。以及，如果该MAC实体还包括不与任何一个逻辑信道具有关联关系的可用的载波，那么该MAC实体对应的全部载波也包括这样的载波。或者，第一类载波也可以包括与第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。在这种情况下，如果该MAC实体除了对应第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道之外还对应其他的逻辑信道，那么第一类载波不包括与这些其他的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。以及，如果该MAC实体还包括不与任何一个逻辑信道具有关联关系的可用的载波，那么第一类载波也不包括这样的载波。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中，根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
如果第一逻辑信道被去激活，处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1，那么可以确定处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，例如处于激活状态的逻辑信道可以使用该MAC实体的全部载波，从而可以提升系统容量。或者，如果处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，但处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1，则如果令处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，则可能处于激活状态的不同的逻辑信道会选择同一个载波，导致无法起到PDCP重复传输的作用，因此在这种情况下，可以令处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用，或者也可以根据第一信息来确定处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，以尽量保证能够完成PDCP重复传输功能。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实施方式中，根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
如果处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体，那么不同的MAC实体之间应该不会互相影响，因此处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系可以继续适用。
第二方面，提供第二种通信方法，该方法包括：确定去激活第一逻辑信道；向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示去激活所述第一逻辑信道，以指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。
该方法可由第二通信装置执行，第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还指示所述终端设备，确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信 道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
关于第二方面或第二方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第三方面，提供第三种通信方法，该方法包括：接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活；根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
该方法可由第三通信装置执行，第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为终端设备。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备可以通过第一信令来指示逻辑信号与载波之间的关联关系，减小PDCP重复传输过程发生错误的可能性，且指示方式较为明确。且通过这种重新改变逻辑信号与载波之间的关联关系的方式，可以使得与被去激活的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波重新与其他逻辑信道建立关联关系，使得这些载波得到利用，因此有助于提高系统容量。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还携带标识，根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，包括：
根据所述标识，确定所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备可以通过标识来显式指示逻辑信号与载波之间的关联关系，例如标识与关联关系之间的对应关系可以由网络设备预先配置给终端设备，或者通过协议规定，那么网络设备只需在第一信令中携带标识即可，无需携带具体的关联关系，有助于节省信令开销。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信令携带的标识的数量为1，所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或，
所述第一信令携带的标识的数量小于或等于所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量，其中的一个标识用于指示一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
作为标识的第一种实现方式，可以为一个逻辑信道设置一个或多个标识，其中的每个标识就对应该逻辑信道与载波之间的一种关联关系。在这种方式下，第一信令需要指示哪个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，就可以在第一信令中携带该逻辑信道对应的标识，指示方式较为明确，而且较为简单直接。或者，作为标识的第二种实现方式，可以为一个无线承载的全部逻辑信道设置一个或多个标识，或者说，是为一个无线承载设置一个或多个标识，其中的一个标识就对应该无线承载的所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的一种关联关系。在这种方式下，所有的逻辑信道只需对应同一个标识，那么第一信令只需携带一个标识就能指示所有的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，有助于节省信令开销。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
接收标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，所述第一关联关系包括所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，一个标识用于指示一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，一个标识用于指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
网络设备可以先将该对应关系发送给终端设备，从而后续网络设备在第一信令中只需携带对应的标识即可，终端设备根据第一信令携带的标识和该对应关系就可以确定逻辑信道与载波之间的对应关系。
第四方面，提供第四种通信方法，该方法包括：确定在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能；向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一信令还用于指示在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
该方法可由第四通信装置执行，第四通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还携带标识，所述标识用于指示在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或，
所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
向所述终端设备发送标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，所述第一关联关系包括所述无线承载的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，一个标识用于指示一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，一个标识用于指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
关于第四方面或第四方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第三方面或第三方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第五方面，提供第五种通信方法，该方法包括：获取第一信息；根据所述第一信息确定，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
在本申请实施例中，可以通过第一信息来显式指示逻辑信号与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，减小PDCP重复传输过程发生错误的可能性，且指示方式较为明确。
该方法可由第五通信装置执行，第五通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为终端设备。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；和/或，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
例如，如果无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1，则第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系可以不适用，通过这种方式，可以使得与被去激活的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波重新与其他逻辑信道建立关联关系，使得这些载波得到利用，因此有助于提高系统容量。或者例如，如果无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1，则如果令第一MAC实体剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，则可能处于激活状态的不同的逻辑信道会选择同一个载波，导致无法起到PDCP重复传输的作用。因此在这种情况下，可以令第一MAC实体剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用，以尽量保证能够完成PDCP重复传输功能。
第六方面，提供第六种通信方法，该方法包括：确定第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能；向终端设备发送所述第一信息。
该方法可由第六通信装置执行，第六通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，包括：
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；和/或，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
关于第六方面或第六方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第五方面或第五方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第七方面，提供第一种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为终端设备。其中，
所述收发模块，用于接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被去激活；
所述处理模块，用于根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，所述第一逻辑信道和所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载，且所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块，还用于确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
关于第七方面或第七方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第八方面，提供第二种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为网络设备。其中，
所述处理模块，用于确定去激活第一逻辑信道；
所述收发模块，用于向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示去激活所述第 一逻辑信道，以指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还指示所述终端设备，确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
关于第八方面或第八方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第二方面或第二方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第九方面，提供第三种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第三通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为终端设备。其中，
所述收发模块，用于接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活；
所述处理模块，用于根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波 之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还携带标识，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系：
根据所述标识，确定所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信令携带的标识的数量为1，所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或，
所述第一信令携带的标识的数量小于或等于所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量，其中的一个标识用于指示一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于接收标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，所述第一关联关系包括所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，一个标识用于指示一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，一个标识用于指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
关于第九方面或第九方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第三方面或第三方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十方面，提供第四种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第四通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为网络设备。其中，
所述处理模块，用于确定在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能；
所述收发模块，用于向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一信令还用于指示在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还携带标识，所述标识用于指示在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或，
所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于向所述终端设备发送标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，所述第一关联关系包括所述无线承载的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，一个标识用于指示一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，一个标识用于指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
关于第十方面或第十方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第四方面或第四方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十一方面，提供第五种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第五通信装置。所 述通信装置用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为终端设备。其中，
所述处理模块，用于获取第一信息；
所述收发模块，用于根据所述第一信息确定，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；和/或，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
关于第十一方面或第十一方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第五方面或第五方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十二方面，提供第六种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第六通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第六方面或第六方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为终端设备。其中，
所述处理模块，用于确定第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能；
所述收发模块，用于向终端设备发送所述第一信息。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，包括：
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；和/或，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
关于第十二方面或第十二方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第六方面或第六方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十三方面，提供第七种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第一通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和存储器，可选的，还包括收发器，处理器、存储器和收发器用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为终端设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备 中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述收发器，用于接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被去激活；
所述处理器，用于根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，所述第一逻辑信道和所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载，且所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理器用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理器，还用于确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理器用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理器用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
关于第十三方面或第十三方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十四方面，提供第八种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第二通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者， 如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述处理器，用于确定去激活第一逻辑信道；
所述收发器，用于向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示去激活所述第一逻辑信道，以指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。
结合第十四方面，在第十三方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还指示所述终端设备，确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
关于第十四方面或第十四方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第二方面或第二方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十五方面，提供第九种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第三通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为终端设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者， 如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述收发器，用于接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活；
所述处理器，用于根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
结合第十五方面，在第十五方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还携带标识，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系：
根据所述标识，确定所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第十五方面，在第十五方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信令携带的标识的数量为1，所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或，
所述第一信令携带的标识的数量小于或等于所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量，其中的一个标识用于指示一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第十五方面，在第十五方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于接收标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，所述第一关联关系包括所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，一个标识用于指示一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，一个标识用于指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
关于第十五方面或第十五方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第三方面或第三方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十六方面，提供第十种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第四通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，用于实现上述第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述处理器，用于确定在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能；
所述收发器，用于向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一信令还用于指示在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信令还携带标识，所述标识用于指示在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或，
所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于向所述终端设备发送标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，所述第一关联关系包括所述无线承载的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，一个标识用于指示一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，一个标识用于指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
关于第十六方面或第十六方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第四方面或第四方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十七方面，提供第十一种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第五通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，用于实现上述第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为终端设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述处理器，用于获取第一信息；
所述收发器，用于根据所述第一信息确定，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
结合第十七方面，在第十七方面的一种可能的实施方式中，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；和/或，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
关于第十七方面或第十七方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第五方面或第五方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十八方面，提供第十二种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第六通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，用于实现上述第六方面或第六方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述处理器，用于确定第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能；
所述收发器，用于向终端设备发送所述第一信息。
结合第十八方面，在第十八方面的一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，包括：
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；和/或，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
关于第十八方面或第十八方面的各种实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第六方面或第六方面的各种实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第十九方面，提供第十三种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第一通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十三种通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十三种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是终端设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十三种通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十方面，提供第十四种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第二通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十四种通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十四种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是网络设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十四种通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十一方面，提供第十五种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第三通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十五种通信装置执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十五种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是终端设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十五种通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十二方面，提供第十六种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第四通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十六种通信装置执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十六种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是网络设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十六种通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十三方面，提供第十七种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第五通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十七种通信装置执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十七种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是终端设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十七种通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十四方面，提供第十八种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第六通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十八种通信装置执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十八种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是网络设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十八种通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十五方面，提供第一种通信系统，该通信系统可以包括第七方面所述的第一种通信装置、第十三方面所述的第七种通信装置或第十九方面所述的第十三种通信装置，以及包括第八方面所述的第二种通信装置、第十四方面所述的第八种通信装置或第二十方面所述的第十四种通信装置。
第二十六方面，提供第二种通信系统，该通信系统可以包括第九方面所述的第三种通信装置、第十五方面所述的第九种通信装置或第二十一方面所述的第十五种通信装置，以及包括第十方面所述的第四种通信装置、第十六方面所述的第十种通信装置或第二十二方面所述的第十六种通信装置。
第二十七方面，提供第三种通信系统，该通信系统可以包括第十一方面所述的第五种通信装置、第十七方面所述的第十一种通信装置或第二十三方面所述的第十七种通信装置，以及包括第十二方面所述的第六种通信装置、第十八方面所述的第十二种通信装置或第二十四方面所述的第十八种通信装置。
其中，第一种通信系统、第二种通信系统和第三种通信系统可以是同一个通信系统，或者也可以分别是不同的通信系统，或者其中的任意两个是同一个通信系统，其中的另外一个是不同的通信系统。
第二十八方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第二十九方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十一方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十二方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十三方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十四方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十五方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十六方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十七方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十八方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十九方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
通过本申请实施例提供的方法，在有逻辑信道被去激活后，可以明确剩余的逻辑信道究竟应该使用哪些载波，从而终端设备可以进行正确的操作。
附图说明
图1为DC场景下实现PDCP层的重复过程所涉及的网络架构；
图2为CA场景下实现PDCP层的重复过程所涉及的网络架构；
图3为在CA场景下，为一个无线承载配置两个逻辑信道时，该无线承载的一个逻辑 信道被去激活以后，另一个逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系也将不适用的示意图；
图4为在DC场景下，无线承载的一个MAC实体上的逻辑信道被去激活以后，该无线承载的另一个MAC实体的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系继续适用的示意图；
图5为本申请实施例所认为的，5G系统可能通过4个逻辑信道来进行PDCP重复传输的一种示意图；
图6为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图；
图7为本申请实施例的另一种应用场景示意图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图；
图9为本申请实施例所认为的，5G系统可能通过4个逻辑信道来进行PDCP重复传输的另一种示意图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的第一种终端设备的示意性框图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的第一种终端设备的另一示意性框图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的第一种网络设备的示意性框图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的第一种网络设备的另一示意性框图；
图16为本申请实施例提供的第二种终端设备的示意性框图；
图17为本申请实施例提供的第二种终端设备的另一示意性框图；
图18为本申请实施例提供的第二种网络设备的示意性框图；
图19为本申请实施例提供的第二种网络设备的另一示意性框图；
图20为本申请实施例提供的第三种终端设备的示意性框图；
图21为本申请实施例提供的第三种终端设备的另一示意性框图；
图22为本申请实施例提供的第三种网络设备的示意性框图；
图23为本申请实施例提供的第三种网络设备的另一示意性框图；
图24为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图；
图25为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图；
图26为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图。
具体实施方式
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。
以下，对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。
1)终端设备，包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与核心网进行通信，与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如，可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)，具有移 动终端设备的计算机，便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，智能穿戴式设备等。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备，例如功耗较低的设备，或存储能力有限的设备，或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。
2)网络设备，例如包括接入网(access network，AN)设备，例如基站(例如，接入点)，可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备，或者例如，一种V2X技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit，RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换，作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持车到一切(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)应用的固定基础设施实体，可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。接入网设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如，接入网设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced，LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，或者也可以包括5G新空口(new radio，NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B，gNB)，或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network，Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，本申请实施例并不限定。
当然网络设备还可以包括核心网设备，但因为本申请实施例提供的技术方案主要涉及的是接入网设备，因此在后文中，如无特殊说明，则后文所描述的“网络设备”均是指接入网设备。
3)双连接(dual connectivity，DC)，在LTE系统中，终端设备支持同时接入到两个网络设备，这种接入方式称为DC，其中一个网络设备为主网络设备，另一个网络设备为辅网络设备。在无线通信系统的发展演进过程中，运营商会同时部署5G NR系统和LTE系统，终端设备也支持同时接入到LTE的网络设备和NR的网络设备。因为LTE又被称为演进的通用陆面无线接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access，E-UTRA)，所以这种接入方式被称为演进的通用陆面无线接入与新空口双连接(E-UTRA NR dual connectivity，EN-DC)。在EN-DC模式下，LTE的网络设备为主网络设备，NR的网络设备为辅网络设备，当然随着系统的演进，未来也可以支持新空口与演进的通用陆面无线接入双连接(NR E-UTRA dual connectivity，NE-DC)，即NR的网络设备为主网络设备，LTE的网络设备为辅网络设备。由于EN-DC和NE-DC的终端设备都会接入到两个不同的无线接入技术的网 络设备，所以这些DC模式也可以统称为多接入技术双连接(multi-RAT dual connectivity，MR-DC)。
4)载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)，CA技术可以将多个成员载波(component carrier，CC)聚合在一起为一个终端设备提供服务，实现更大的传输带宽，有效提高了上下行传输速率。
5)逻辑信道与载波关联，或者说逻辑信道与载波具有关联关系，或者也可以称为逻辑信道与载波具有绑定关系或绑定传输关系或载波绑定传输关系或映射关系，或者还可以称为允许使用的服务小区(allowedservingcells)等，包括而不限定为，如果在逻辑信道的配置中指示了某些载波允许使用，则表示该逻辑信道中传输的数据(或者描述为，该逻辑信道承载的数据)可以在这些载波上传输，或者这些载波上的资源可以分配给该逻辑信道，此时可以称为逻辑信道与这些载波关联。进一步的，在逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系有效的情况下，逻辑信道中传输的数据不在与逻辑信道不具有关联关系的载波上传输。在PDCP层复制的数据包对应的逻辑信道可以与载波具有关联关系。在一些场景中，如果没有为逻辑信道配置所关联的载波，就说明该逻辑信道中传输的数据可以在任意载波上进行传输。
例如，可以为逻辑信道配置一个参数，例如称为参数A，通过参数A的取值来指示不同的载波，表示该逻辑信道中传输的数据只能在参数A指定的载波上进行传输。也就是说，可以通过参数A来指示逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。例如为逻辑信道1配置了参数A，参数A指示载波1和2，那么就表明该逻辑信道承载的数据只能在参数载波1和2上传输。这样，逻辑信道1和载波1以及载波2就可以称为是具有关联关系。
6)分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)重复传输是指，PDCP实体将数据包复制成多份并分别递交给不同RLC实体，进而通过逻辑信道从RLC层传输到MAC层。激活的逻辑信道是指，激活了PDCP重复传输功能时所使用的逻辑信道，或，去激活了PDCP重复传输功能时所使用的逻辑信道，或，激活了PDCP重复传输功能时所使用的逻辑信道，以及去激活了PDCP重复传输功能时所使用的逻辑信道。去激活的逻辑信道是指，激活了PDCP重复传输功能没有被使用的逻辑信道，或，去激活了PDCP重复传输功能时没有被使用的逻辑信道，或，激活了PDCP重复传输功能没有被使用的逻辑信道，以及去激活了PDCP重复传输功能时没有被使用的逻辑信道。
7)逻辑信道属于MAC实体，或逻辑信道对应于MAC实体，是指逻辑信道与MAC实体具有从属关系或关联关系。例如，数据通过终端设备的逻辑信道1传输到终端设备的MAC实体1，则称为逻辑信道1属于MAC实体1，或者称为逻辑信道1对应于MAC实体1。
8)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a,b,或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c，其中a,b,c可以是单个，也可以是多个。
以及，除非有相反的说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多 个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如，第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道，只是为了区分不同的逻辑信道，并不是表示这两种逻辑信道的优先级或者重要程度等的不同。
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念，下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术特征。
PDCP重复传输，通常指将无线承载的数据包在PDCP层复制成多个相同的数据包(也就是重复包)，然后这多个相同的数据包分别递交给多个不同的RLC实体进行传输，进而通过不同的逻辑信道传输到MAC层。其中，逻辑信道是RLC层到MAC层之间的信道。需要注意的是，通常所说的重传是指重新传输(retransmission)，而本申请实施例中的重复传输并不是重新传输。重新传输是指同一个数据包发送失败后的再次发送，或者是同一个数据包的连续多次发送，而重复传输是将一个数据包复制为多个相同的数据包，放到多个逻辑信道上传输，一个逻辑信道传输其中的一个数据包。这里的“重复”，也可以理解为“复制”。
为了保证数据传输的可靠性，传输到MAC层的原始包和重复包不能通过同一个MAC PDU传输，因为只有通过不同的MAC PDU传输，其中一个PDU丢掉才不会影响另外一个PDU的传输，相当于可靠性提高了一倍。
下面针对DC场景和CA场景，分别介绍PDCP层的传输功能如何实现。
请参见图1，示例性给出了DC场景下实现PDCP重复传输过程涉及的网络架构。对于基站来讲，DC场景涉及到主基站和辅基站，则主基站和辅基站针对一个无线承载的网络架构如图1所示，而终端设备针对该无线承载的网络架构，包括图1所示的主基站的网络架构和辅基站的网络架构，也就是说，终端设备针对该无线承载，包括一个PDCP实体、两个RLC实体和两个MAC实体。图1中的安全(security)、复制(duplication)、切片(segment)、自动重传请求(automatic repeat-request，ARQ)、多路(mutiplexing)、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)、以及健壮性包头压缩(robust header compression，ROHC)等都是表示PDCP实体、RLC实体或MAC实体的功能。其中，PDCP实体与PDCP层可理解为同一概念，同理，RLC实体与RLC层可理解为同一概念，MAC实体与MAC层可理解为同一概念。图1中的圆圈表示不同层之间的接口和/或通道。接口称为层间接口，例如服务接入点(service access point，SAP)，通道例如是逻辑信道，下文中也是类似的，不再赘述。需要注意的，图1只是示例性的构架，图中的各个组件并不是本申请实施例必不可少的组件。如安全模块可以视情况省略。
在DC场景下，一个终端设备同时连接两个基站，也就是主基站和辅基站，如果为某个无线承载配置了PDCP重复传输功能，那么在PDCP层经过复制的两个数据包将被传输给不同的两个RLC实体，并通过不同的逻辑信道传输给不同的MAC实体，最终形成两个MAC PDU在不同的载波上进行传输。这个过程对于基站和终端设备来说都是一样的，不同的是，对于基站来说，主基站中的PDCP层会将经过复制的两个数据包传输给不同的两个RLC实体，这两个RLC实体分别位于主基站和辅基站中，之后，主基站中的RLC实体将接收的数据包传输给主基站中的MAC实体，辅基站中的RLC实体将接收的数据包传输给辅基站中的MAC实体，这两个MAC实体会通过各自的载波传输数据包。而对于终端设备来说，两个RLC实体和两个MAC实体都位于该终端设备中，其他过程都是一样的。
请参见图2，为CA场景下实现PDCP重复传输功能所涉及的网络架构。在CA场景下，终端设备连接到一个基站，基站和终端设备针对一个无线承载的网络架构都如图2所 示，也就是说，基站和终端设备针对该无线承载，都包括一个PDCP实体、两个RLC实体和一个MAC实体。图2中的安全、复制、切片、ARQ、多路、HARQ、以及ROHC等都是表示PDCP实体、RLC实体或MAC实体的功能。
在CA场景中，一个终端设备连接一个基站，同一个基站有多于一个载波为该终端设备服务。假设某个无线承载配置了PDCP重复传输功能，那么在PDCP层经过复制的两个数据包将被传输给不同的两个RLC实体，并由这两个RLC实体通过不同的逻辑信道传输给同一个MAC实体。这时候，由于两个数据包传输到了同一个MAC实体中，MAC实体会将这两个数据包放到一个MAC PDU中传输，因此，为了使得这两个数据包通过两个MAC PDU分别传输，可以为逻辑信道配置一个参数，例如称为参数A，参数A指示小区(载波)标识，通过参数A来指示允许该逻辑信道中数据传输所用的小区(载波)，从而保证这两个数据包最终能形成两个MAC PDU在不同的小区(载波)传输。这里小区的概念也可以称为载波。
例如为某个逻辑信道配置了参数A，那么就表明该逻辑信道对应的RLC实体中的数据只能在参数A所指示的小区(或者，也可以称为载波)上传输。这样，如果为互为重复的两个逻辑信道配置的参数A指示的是不同的载波，那么最终互为重复的两个数据包就会在不同的载波上传输，能够保证可靠性。
在通信系统中，可以为无线承载配置并激活PDCP重复传输功能，也可以去激活为无线承载配置的PDCP重复传输功能。
目前，PDCP重复传输只限于一个无线承载通过两个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包(也俗称，两条腿(leg)的重复传输)。在最多只有两条腿的CA重复传输场景下，当为一个无线承载配置的PDCP重复传输功能被去激活(或者称为，PDCP重复传输被去激活)以后，该无线承载的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系也将不适用。参考图3，假设PDCP重复传输功能被激活(或者称为，PDCP重复传输被激活)时，来自逻辑信道1的数据只能在载波1或者载波2上传输，来自逻辑信道2的数据只能在载波3或载波4上传输。在某个时刻，PDCP重复传输功能被去激活，则只剩下逻辑信道1还在工作，此时为了提高传输容量，逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系不适用，即，允许逻辑信道1使用终端设备的所有可用(处于激活状态的)载波。这里所述的逻辑信道使用某个载波，就是指该逻辑信道传输的数据可以在这个载波上传输。
在最多只有两条腿的DC重复传输场景下，当为一个无线承载配置的PDCP重复传输功能被去激活以后，该无线承载的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系继续适用。参考图4，假设PDCP重复传输功能被激活(或者称为，PDCP重复传输被激活)时，来自逻辑信道1的数据只能在载波1或者载波2上传输，来自逻辑信道2的数据只能在载波3上传输。在某个时刻，PDCP重复传输功能被去激活，只剩下逻辑信道1还在工作，此时，逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。即，在DC场景下，PDCP重复传输的两条腿连接不同的基站，去激活其中的一条腿，不影响另一条腿的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。
通信系统后续可能会为同一个承载引入多个逻辑信道进行PDCP重复传输，也就是一个无线承载通过多个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的多个数据包，例如可能通过三个或更多的逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包，这些逻辑信道可能对应一个基站，或者也可以对应多个基站。在这种情况下，如果该无线承载有逻辑信道被去激活，剩余的激活的逻辑信道可能还有多个，那么剩余的激活的逻辑信道究竟应该使用哪些载波，是目 前尚未讨论的。
例如，5G系统通过4个逻辑信道来进行PDCP重复传输，可参考图5。假设某个无线承载配置了4个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包(也可以称为，4条腿的重复传输)，PDCP层将数据包复制4份，分别在逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2、逻辑信道3和逻辑信道4传输，其中逻辑信道1的数据可以在载波1上进行传输，逻辑信道2的数据可以在载波2上进行传输，逻辑信道3的数据可以在载波3～载波4上进行传输，逻辑信道4的数据可以在载波5～载波6上进行传输，且逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2对应于MAC实体1，逻辑信道3和逻辑信道4对应于MAC实体2。在某个时刻，例如逻辑信道3被去激活，那么剩余的激活的逻辑信道有逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3，终端设备无法确定这些剩余的逻辑信道应使用哪些载波。
鉴于此，提供本申请实施例的技术方案。在本申请实施例中，如果第一逻辑信道被去激活，则可以根据剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，来确定剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。可见，通过本申请实施例提供的方法，在有逻辑信道被去激活后，可以明确剩余的逻辑信道究竟应该使用哪些载波，从而终端设备可以进行正确的操作。
请参考图6，为本申请实施例的一种应用场景，图6所示的场景可理解为CA场景。图6包括网络设备和终端设备，终端设备与一个网络设备连接。当然图6中的终端设备的数量只是举例，在实际应用中，网络设备可以为多个终端设备提供服务，多个终端设备中的全部终端设备或者部分终端设备都可以采用本申请实施例提供的方法确定逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。
请参见图7，为本申请实施例的另一种应用场景，图7所示的场景可理解为DC场景。在图7中包括两个网络设备以及一个终端设备，这两个网络设备分别为第一网络设备和第二网络设备，第一网络设备例如为终端设备的主网络设备，第二网络设备是终端设备的辅网络设备，或者，第一网络设备是终端设备的辅网络设备，第二网络设备是终端设备的主网络设备。这两个网络设备例如均为基站，那么主网络设备也就是主基站，辅网络设备也就是辅基站。其中，第一网络设备例如工作在演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access，E-UTRA)系统中，第二网络设备例如工作在NR系统中，或者，第一网络设备例如工作在NR系统中，第二网络设备例如工作在E-UTRA系统中，或者，第一网络设备和第二网络设备例如都工作在NR系统中或E-UTRA系统中。其中，终端设备同时连接到这两个网络设备，终端设备与这两个网络设备均可以通信。
图6或图7中的网络设备例如为基站。其中，网络设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备，例如在第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation，4G)系统中可以对应eNB，在5G系统中可以对应gNB。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。在本申请实施例中，“载波”和“小区”的概念可以互换。
本申请实施例提供第一种通信方法，请参见图8，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图6或图7所示的网络架构为例。另外，该方法可由两个通信装置执行，这两个通信装置例如为第一通信装置和第二通信装置，其中，第一通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第一通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他 通信装置，例如芯片系统。对于第二通信装置也是同样，第二通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第二通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。且对于第一通信装置和第二通信装置的实现方式均不做限制，例如第一通信装置可以是网络设备，第二通信装置是终端设备，或者第一通信装置和第二通信装置都是网络设备，或者第一通信装置和第二通信装置都是终端设备，或者第一通信装置是网络设备，第二通信装置是能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，等等。其中，网络设备例如为基站。
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例，也就是，以第一通信装置是网络设备、第二通信装置是终端设备为例。如果将本实施例应用在图6所示的网络架构，因此，下文中所述的网络设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的网络设备，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的终端设备。或者，如果将本实施例应用在图7所示的网络架构，因此，下文中所述的网络设备可以是图7所示的网络架构中的第一网络设备或第二网络设备，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图7所示的网络架构中的终端设备。在下文的介绍中，主要以将本实施例应用在图7所示的网络架构为例。
S81、网络设备确定去激活第一逻辑信道。
其中，第一逻辑信道属于无线承载，该无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。其中，该无线承载的PDCP实体与至少两个RLC实体关联，至少两个RLC实体用于执行PDCP重复传输功能。其中，去激活逻辑信道是指，该逻辑信道不再用于进行PDCP重复传输功能。
S82、网络设备发送第一信令，终端设备接收来自网络设备的所述第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被去激活。另外，第一信令还可以指示终端设备，根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。
在本申请的各个实施例中，第一信令，也可以理解为第一消息，“信令”和“消息”这两个概念，在本申请实施例中可互换。在后续的实施例中不再多赘述。
第一信令例如为下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)、媒体接入控制控制元素(media access control control element，MAC CE)、无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)信令、RLC控制协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)、或者PDCP控制PDU，等等，具体的不做限制，只要第一信令用于指示去激活第一逻辑信道即可。
其中，RLC控制PDU(RLC control PDU)是指不同于RLC数据PDU(RLC data PDU)的一种RLC PDU，通过包头的指示信息与RLC data PDU进行区分。一般来说是用于传递RLC层的控制信息或者反馈信息，在本申请实施例中可以用来传输与PDCP重复传输功能相关的控制信息，包含激活/去激活指示等。
PDCP控制PDU(PDCP control PDU)是指不同于PDCP数据PDU(PDCP data PDU)的一种PDCP PDU，通过包头的指示信息与PDCP data PDU进行区分。一般来说是用于传递PDCP层的控制信息或者反馈信息，在本申请实施例中可以用来传输与PDCP重复传输功能相关的控制信息，包含激活/去激活指示等。
S82、终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，所述第 一逻辑信道和所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载，且所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
其中，S82中所述的处于激活状态的逻辑信道，是指在第一逻辑信道被去激活后，该无线承载剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道。
该无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能，可以理解为，在该无线承载的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于或等于2时，无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成至少两份，分别通过这至少两个逻辑信道传输，也就是说，至少两个逻辑信道传输的是被复制后的相同的数据包。其中，至少两个逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道可以传输一个数据包，也就是至少两个逻辑信道传输至少两个数据包，这至少两个数据包中，可能有一个数据包是原始数据包，其他的数据包是将该原始数据包进行复制后得到的数据包，总之，这至少两个数据包统称为被复制的数据包，或者称为在PDCP层被复制的数据包。后文中所述的“被复制的数据包”或“在PDCP层被复制的数据包”，均是相同的理解方式。
在第一逻辑信道被去激活后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量可以大于或等于1。如果在第一逻辑信道被去激活后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1，则这个剩余的激活的逻辑信道例如称为第二逻辑信道，则终端设备可以直接确定这一个剩余的激活的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体；或者，如果在第一逻辑信道被去激活后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1，则终端设备对于剩余的每个激活的逻辑信道，都可以确定该逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体。
例如请继续参考图5，例如逻辑信道3被去激活，那么剩余的激活的逻辑信道有逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3。则终端设备可以确定，逻辑信道1和逻辑信道3不属于同一个MAC实体，逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3不属于同一个MAC实体，逻辑信道4和逻辑信道3属于同一个MAC实体。
作为一种实施方式，当第二逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，终端设备确定第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用(not apply)。第二逻辑信道是在第一逻辑信道被去激活后，该无线承载剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道中的一个。
其中，逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，也可以描述为，该逻辑信道承载的数据具体在哪个或哪些载波上传输，不受到该逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系的限制。那么，如果终端设备确定第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，则终端设备还可以确定，第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过该MAC实体的第一类载波传输。例如第一类载波包括该MAC实体对应的全部载波。其中，该MAC实体对应的全部载波，包括与第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。另外，如果该MAC实体除了对应第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道之外还对应其他的逻辑信道，那么该MAC实体对应的全部载波也包括与这些其他的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。以及，如果该MAC实体还包括不与任何一个逻辑信道具有关联关系的可用的载波，那么该MAC实体对应的全部载波也包括这样的载波。
或者，第一类载波也可以包括与第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。在这种情况下，如果该MAC实体除了对应第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道之外还对应其他的逻辑信道，那么第一类载波不包括与这些其他的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。以及，如果该MAC实体还包括不与任何一个逻辑信道具有 关联关系的可用的载波，那么第一类载波也不包括这样的载波。
在本申请实施例中，如果第一逻辑信道被去激活，且激活的第二逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，那么第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，从而可以提升系统容量。而且通过本申请实施例提供的方法，在有逻辑信道被去激活后，也可以明确剩余的激活的逻辑信道究竟应该使用哪些载波，从而终端设备可以进行正确的操作。
在第一逻辑信道被去激活后，如果该MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量有多个，那么，如果这些剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系均不适用，或者这些剩余的激活的逻辑信道中有的逻辑信道(例如第二逻辑信道)与载波之间的关联关系不适用，而其余的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用，无论是这两种情况中的哪一种，都可能会导致两个逻辑信道选择同一个载波来传输数据，从而无法起到重复传输的作用。那么，为了避免这种情况，作为另一种实施方式，在本申请实施例中，要确定剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，还可以考虑剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量。
例如在图5中，如果逻辑信道3被去激活，则MAC实体2剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1；或者在图9中，如果逻辑信道3被去激活，则MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为2。
如果所述的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且该MAC实体的处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1，则终端设备可以确定处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。关于逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用的介绍，可参考前文。
例如在图5中，如果逻辑信道3被去激活，则MAC实体2剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1，那么这一个剩余的逻辑信道(逻辑信道4)可以使用该MAC实体的第一类载波。
或者，如果所述的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且该MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量有多个，那么如果这些剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系均不适用，或者这些剩余的激活的逻辑信道中有的逻辑信道(例如第二逻辑信道)与载波之间的关联关系不适用，而其余的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用，无论是这两种情况中的哪一种，都可能会导致两个逻辑信道选择同一个载波来传输数据，从而无法起到重复传输的作用。例如在图9中，如果逻辑信道3被去激活，则MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为2，如果这两个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系都不适用，那么逻辑信道1可以使用MAC实体1的第一类载波，逻辑信道2也可以使用MAC实体1的第一类载波。如果为逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2选择了同一个载波来传输数据，相当于通过一个MAC PDU传了两个数据包，也就没有起到重复传输的效果。
为了避免这种情况，在本申请实施例中，如果所述的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且该MAC实体的处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1，终端设备可以确定处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系适用(apply)，或者，因为该关联关系之前是适用的，因此这里也可以描述为，终端设备确定处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。其中，逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系适用，也可以描述为，该逻辑信道承载的数据具体在哪个或哪些载波上传输，受到该逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系的限制。或者说，该逻辑信道承载的数据只能在与该逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波上传输。
例如在图9中，如果逻辑信道3被去激活，则MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为2，那么这两个剩余的逻辑信道(逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2)与载波之间的关联关系是继续适用的。例如逻辑信道1的数据可以在载波1上进行传输，逻辑信道2的数据可以在载波2上进行传输，也就是逻辑信道1与载波1具有关联关系，逻辑信道2与载波2具有关联关系。则在逻辑信道3去激活后，逻辑信道1继续与载波1具有关联关系，逻辑信道2继续与载波2具有关联关系。
或者，如果所述的处于激活状态的逻辑信道与第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且该MAC实体的处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1，终端设备也可以根据第一信息确定用于传输处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波。例如，第一信息可以携带在第一信令中，则终端设备可以从第一信令获取第一信息，或者第一信息也可以是预设的信息，例如第一信息是通过协议规定的，或者是网络设备预先发送给终端设备的信息。
例如，第一信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系，所述的关联关系包括该MAC实体的剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。所述的载波可以仅包括第一逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波；或者，所述的载波可以包括该MAC实体的处于激活状态的全部载波，该MAC实体的处于激活状态的全部载波，可以包括与该MAC实体对应的逻辑信道相关联的全部处于激活状态的载波，还可以包括未与该MAC实体对应的任一个逻辑信道相关联的全部处于激活状态的载波，其中，该MAC实体的处于激活状态的全部载波，包括第一逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波；或者，所述的载波可以包括该MAC实体的除了激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波，该MAC实体的除了激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波，可以包括第一逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波，当然还可以包括未与该MAC实体的任一个逻辑信道相关联的全部处于激活状态的载波。
如果第一信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的，那么网络设备在确定第一信息时，可能已经确定将要去激活该无线承载的哪些逻辑信道，例如第一信息携带在第一信令中，那么第一信息所指示的剩余的激活的逻辑信道可以是明确的。例如网络设备通过第一信令指示去激活该无线承载的逻辑信道1，逻辑信道1属于MAC实体1，而在去激活逻辑信道1后，MAC实体1对应的剩余的激活的逻辑信道包括逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3，那么网络设备通过第一信息就可以指示逻辑信道2与载波之间的关联关系，以及指示逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系。
或者，第一信息是通过协议规定的，或者虽然第一信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的，但网络设备在确定第一信息时，也可能尚未确定将要去激活该无线承载的哪些逻辑信道，例如第一信息并未携带在第一信令中，而是通过其他信令发送。例如，网络设备可以将第一信息携带在为该无线承载配置PDCP重复传输功能的信令中，也就是说，网络设备在发送第一信息后，该无线承载的所有的逻辑信道都会被激活，此时并没有被去激活的逻辑信道。那么，第一信息所指示的剩余的激活的逻辑信道可以是不明确的，只是泛指，泛指是说，如果之后有MAC实体的逻辑信道被去激活，那么第一信息所指示的就是该MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
在本申请实施例中，第一方式可以包括如下子方式中的一种或者它们的任意组合：
子方式1、将所述载波按照载波的标识号(ID)的大小顺序，与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，其中，每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的 一个逻辑信道建立关联关系；或，
子方式2、将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序，与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，其中，每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系；或，
子方式3、将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系；或，
子方式4、当所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时，将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系；或，
子方式5、将所述载波按照所对应的剩余的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，其中，一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系；或，
子方式6、将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。
在子方式1下，将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序，依次与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，可以是将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序，依据逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，依次与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，其中，对应的ID最大的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者，对应的ID最大的载波也可以与对应的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如，所述载波分别为载波3、载波5和载波6，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道分别为逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2，那么按照载波的ID从大到小的顺序对载波排序，应该是载波6>载波5>载波3，按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对逻辑信道排序，应该是逻辑信道2>逻辑信道1，按照载波的ID的大小顺序，以及逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，依次将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，具体的，可以将载波3与逻辑信道1建立关联关系，将载波5与逻辑信道2建立关联关系，以及将载波6与逻辑信道1建立关联关系，或者，也可以将载波3与逻辑信道2建立关联关系，将载波5与逻辑信道1建立关联关系，以及将载波6与逻辑信道2建立关联关系。其中，可以同时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者也可以分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系，如果是分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系，那么可以是先将载波的ID最大的载波与逻辑信道的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者也可以是先将载波的ID最小的载波与逻辑信道的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系，具体的不做限制。
值得注意的是，与子方式1类似，另外一种可能的实现方式，可以包含以下步骤中的一个或者多个(例如可以包含以下步骤中的a和c，或者包含以下步骤中的b和c，或者包含以下步骤中的a、b和c)：
a、将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小进行排序，并重新从0或者1开始为排序后的载波依次赋予新的ID，例如排序后的载波的ID分别为0，1，2，3等，或者分别为1，2，3等。
b、将所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道按照逻辑信道的ID的大小进行排序，并重新从0或者1开始为排序后的逻辑信道依次赋予新的ID，例如排序后的逻辑信道的ID分别为0，1，2，3等，或者分别为1，2，3等。
c、确定所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的映射关系。
确定映射关系的方式除了子方式1中所描述的之外，还可能是下面的一种方式：
模运算。具体的，确定所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数目N，然后用载波新编的ID与N进行模运算，根据运算结果将载波关联到相应的逻辑信道。例如N为2，则，如果某个载波的ID与N进行模运算的结果为0，则将该载波与新的ID为0的逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者，如果某个载波的ID与N进行模运算的结果为1，则将该载波与新的ID为1的逻辑信道建立关联关系。
划分子集。如果所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数目为2，则按照载波的ID奇偶(无须重新编号的ID，也就是载波原来的ID)将所述载波分成两个子集，将这两个子集与两个逻辑信道建立关联关系，其中，一个子集与一个逻辑信道建立关联关系；或者，将按照载波的ID的大小排好顺序的载波(无须重新编号的ID，也就是载波原来的ID)，从中间分成前后两个子集，例如称为第一子集和第二子集，其中，第一子集是指切分点前的ID的集合，第二子集是指切分点后的ID的集合，切分点这个ID例如为所述载波的ID中的取值居中的ID。将第一子集和第二子集与两个逻辑信道建立关联关系，其中，一个子集与一个逻辑信道建立关联关系，第一子集和第二子集包括的载波的数目可能相等(所述载波的总数为偶数)，或者第一子集和第二子集包括的载波的数目也可能不相等(所述载波的总数为奇数)。
在子方式2下，可以将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序，依次与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，可以是将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序，依据逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，依次与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，其中，信道质量最好的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者，信道质量最差的载波也可以与对应的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如，所述载波分别为载波3、载波5和载波6，其中，载波3的信道质量优于载波6的信道质量，载波6的信道质量又优于载波5的信道质量，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道分别为逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2，按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对逻辑信道排序，应该是逻辑信道2>逻辑信道1。那么按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序，以及逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，依次将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，具体的，可以将载波3与逻辑信道1建立关联关系，将载波6与逻辑信道2建立关联关系，以及将载波5与逻辑信道1建立关联关系，或者，可以将载波3与逻辑信道2建立关联关系，将载波6与逻辑信道1建立关联关系，以及将载波5与逻辑信道2建立关联关系。其中，可以同时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者也可以分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系，如果是分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系，那么可以是先将信道质量最好载波与逻辑信道的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者也可以是先将信道质量最差的载波与逻辑信道的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系，具体的不做限制。如果有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量较好，还有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量较差，可能无法起到较好地传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的作用，那么本申请实施例提出按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序依次与逻辑信道建立关联关系，可以使得各个逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量相差不太多，各个逻辑信道的传输质量较为均衡，以较好地完成传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的任务。其中，所述载波的信道质量可以是由网络设备测量得到的，网络设备测量得到所述载波的信道质量后，可以将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备，例如网络设备可以通过第一信令将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备，或者网络设备也可以通过其他信令将所述载波 的信道质量发送给终端设备。另外载波的信道质量也可以由终端设备或者网络设备根据某一载波上数据传输的成功率(例如收到/发送的肯定应答(ACK)的比例)确定出来。
在子方式3下，可以将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系，也就是说，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1，可以将所述载波包括的全部载波都与这多个激活的逻辑信道的一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1，那么究竟选择将全部载波与哪个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，本申请实施例不做限制。例如，对于一个无线承载来说，一般会有一个主逻辑信道，其余的逻辑信道均为辅逻辑信道，那么如果所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道包括该主逻辑信道，就可以选择将所述载波与主逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如一个MAC实体有逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包，其中逻辑信道1为该无线承载的主逻辑信道，逻辑信道3被去激活，逻辑信道3被去激活之前与载波3具有关联关系，那么可以将载波3与逻辑信道1建立关联关系。当然也可以选择将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的除了主逻辑信道之外的其他的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。继续沿用上例，如果逻辑信道3被去激活，则可以将载波3与逻辑信道1或逻辑信道2建立关联关系。因此可以认为，是可以将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的任意一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中，如果将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的主逻辑信道建立关联关系，那么网络设备可以在第一信息中一并指示给终端设备，例如可以在第一信息中携带主逻辑信道的ID，从而终端设备可以确定将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的主逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者也可以通过协议规定，无需网络设备额外指示。而如果将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的任意一个逻辑信道建立关联关系，例如是将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中随机选择的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系，那么网络设备可以在第一信息中指示给终端设备，例如可以在第一信息中携带需建立关联关系的逻辑信道的ID，从而终端设备可以确定将所述载波与该逻辑信道建立关联关系。
在子方式4下，当所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时，可以将所述载波与这个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，而当所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不做改变，也就是对于所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道来说，保持原有的与载波之间的关联关系，去激活的逻辑信道在去激活之间所关联的载波，不与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如，一个MAC实体通过逻辑信道1、逻辑信道3和逻辑信道3传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包，其中逻辑信道1与载波1具有关联关系，逻辑信道2与载波2和载波3具有关联关系，逻辑信道3与载波4具有关联关系。如果逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3都被去激活，那么所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量就是1，则逻辑信道2在去激活之前所关联的载波2和载波3，以及逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波4，都可以与逻辑信道1建立关联关系，或者，如果只有逻辑信道3被去激活，那么所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量是2，则逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系不变，逻辑信道2与载波之间的关联关系也不变，逻辑信道1依然只是与载波1关联，逻辑信道2依然只是与载波2和载波3关联。这样做是为了简化实现方式，例如，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1，则如何为所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道分配相关联的载波，需要有一定的规则，可能涉及到修改协议，因此在子方式4下，如果所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1，则可以不改变所述的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系，这样也无需修改协议，如果所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1，则直接将所述载波 与这个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系即可，较为简单。
在子方式5下，将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，依次与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，可以是将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，依据激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，依次与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，其中，ID最大的去激活的逻辑信道对应的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系，或者，ID最小的去激活的逻辑信道对应的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如，一个MAC实体通过逻辑信道1、逻辑信道3、逻辑信道3和逻辑信道4传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包，逻辑信道3和逻辑信道4被去激活，其中载波3是与去激活前的逻辑信道3关联的，载波4、载波和载波6是与去激活前的逻辑信道4关联的，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道分别为逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2。按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道排序，应该是逻辑信道2>逻辑信道1，按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对所述去激活的逻辑信道排序，应该是逻辑信道4>逻辑信道3。那么按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序，依次将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系，具体的，可以将与逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波3与逻辑信道1建立关联关系，将与逻辑信道4在去激活之前关联的载波4、载波5和载波6与逻辑信道2建立关联关系，或者，可以将与逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波3与逻辑信道2建立关联关系，将与逻辑信道4在去激活之前关联的载波4、载波5和载波6与逻辑信道1建立关联关系。这种方式相较于将载波依次关联的子方式1、2来说，实现更为简单。
在子方式6下，可以将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系，也就是说，完全随机建立所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系，这种实现方式较为简单，无需过多的规则。其中，所述载波的每个载波究竟与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的哪个逻辑信道建立关联关系，网络设备可以在第一信息中指示给终端设备，终端设备可以确定将所述载波的每个载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中相应的逻辑信道建立关联关系。
当然，第一方式除了可以包括如上的子方式中的至少一种之外，还可以包括其他的将所述载波与所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系的方式，本申请实施例不做限制。
第一方式可以是协议中规定好的。那么，如果协议中规定的第一方式包括的子方式的数量大于1，例如协议规定第一方式包括子方式1、子方式2和子方式5，则还可以配合网络设备的信息来向终端设备指示究竟使用哪种子方式。例如，通过网络设备发送第一信息的方式向终端设备指示按照第一方式设置所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系，则，网络设备在第一信息中无需携带具体的第一方式，而可以只携带第一方式的标识信息，第一方式的标识信息就可以作为指示信息，例如第一方式的标识信息为第一方式的ID。例如第一方式包括如上的子方式2，则网络设备可以在第一信息中携带子方式2的ID，从而通过第一信息可以指示按照第一方式设置所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系，终端设备接收第一信息后，根据子方式2的ID就可以确定根据子方式2来设置所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。这种方式有助于减小信令开销。而如果协议中规定的第一方式包括的子方式的数量等于1，例如协议规定第一方式包括子方式1，或规定包括子方式4，也就是协议中规定的第一方式就是一种子方式，那么也可以无需配合网络设备的信息来向终端设备指示究竟使用哪种子方式，终端设 备根据协议就可以确定第一方式究竟是何种方式，在这种情况下，网络设备也可以无需向终端设备发送第一信息，有助于节省信令开销。当然，即使协议中规定的第一方式包括的子方式的数量大于1，那么也可能是规定终端设备采用这多种子方式来设置所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系，在这种情况下，网络设备也可以无需向终端设备发送第一信息，终端设备根据协议规定的每种子方式来设置所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系，具体的不做限制。
或者，第一方式也可以不通过协议规定。那么网络设备也可以在第一信息携带具体的第一方式的信息，第一方式的信息就可以作为指示信息。例如第一方式包括如上的子方式2，则网络设备可以在第一信息中携带子方式2的信息，从而通过第一信息可以指示按照第一方式设置所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。终端设备接收第一信息后，根据子方式2的信息就可以确定根据子方式2来设置所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系，以及明确子方式2究竟是何种方式。这种方式可以使得终端设备获得较为明确的信息。
另外，第一方式除了可以包括如上的几种子方式中的至少一种，这种实现形式之外，还可以有其他的实现形式。或者也可以理解为，第一方式除了可以包括如上的几种子方式中的至少一种之外，还可以包括其他的方式。
作为第一方式的一种实施方式，第一信息还可以包括所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道或部分逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的比特映射(bitmap)，每个逻辑信道的bitmap可以用于指示每个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。其中，一个bitmap可以对应一个逻辑信道的ID，例如这种对应关系也可以包括在第一信息中，从而使得终端设备可以明确bitmap与逻辑信道之间的对应关系。或者说，第一信息可以包括一个或多个bitmap，其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系，这一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道，这一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的全部或部分。在这种情况下，第一方式可以是根据第一信令包括的bitmap设置所述载波和所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式，或者说，第一方式是根据bitmap设置所述载波和所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式。
例如，第一信息携带在用于配置该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能的信令中。例如，在配置该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能时，可以通过用于配置该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能的信令携带该无线承载对应的全部或部分MAC实体中的每个MAC实体的全部逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的bitmap，使得终端设备明确相应的MAC实体的每个逻辑信道究竟与哪些载波具有关联关系。
或者，第一信息携带在第一信令中。
例如，第一信令用于指示去激活无线承载的第一逻辑信道，第一信令还可以携带第一信息，第一信息指示第一逻辑信道所属的MAC实体的剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道或部分逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的bitmap。所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道，可以是通过第一信令去激活第一逻辑信道后该MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道。
例如，无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能对应的逻辑信道有4个，分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2、逻辑信道3和逻辑信道4，其中逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2具有关联关系，逻辑信道2与载波3具有关联关系，逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5具有关联关系，逻辑信道4与载波6具有关联关系。逻辑信道1对应于MAC实体1，逻辑信道2、逻辑信道3和 逻辑信道4对应于MAC实体2。网络设备通过第一信令指示去激活逻辑信道3，则MAC实体2剩余的激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道2和逻辑信道4，那么网络设备可以确定将逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波与逻辑信道2和/或逻辑信道4建立关联关系，具体的，可以将逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波与逻辑信道2或逻辑信道4建立关联关系，或者将逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波与逻辑信道2和逻辑信道4建立关联关系。例如网络设备确定将逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波4与逻辑信道2建立关联关系，以及将逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波5与逻辑信道4建立关联关系，那么网络设备可以生成逻辑信道2对应的bitmap，以及生成逻辑信道4对应的bitmap。例如因为逻辑信道1～逻辑信道4原本一共关联了载波1～载波6，那么每个bitmap可以有6位，每一位就代表一个载波，一个bitmap从高位到低位分别对应于载波1～载波6，对于一个bitmap的每一位究竟对应于哪个载波，可以是协议预先规定，或者由网络设备事先配置并通知终端设备。对于某个逻辑信道对应的bitmap来说，如果某一位的取值为“1”，表明将该载波与该逻辑信道建立关联关系，而如果某一位的取值为“0”，表明不将该载波与该逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如网络设备生成的两个bitmap都是6位，逻辑信道2对应的bitmap为001100，逻辑信道4对应的bitmap为000011，这就表明，要将逻辑信道2与载波3和载波4建立关联关系，以及将逻辑信道4与载波5和载波6建立关联关系。而逻辑信道2原本就与载波3具有关联关系，逻辑信道4原本就与载波6具有关联关系，因此终端设备可以再将逻辑信道2和载波4建立关联关系，以及将逻辑信道4和载波6建立关联关系即可。
在上面的示例中，第一信息包括了剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道对应的bitmap，还有一种情况，第一信息可以包括剩余的激活的逻辑信道的部分逻辑信道对应的bitmap。例如对于剩余的激活的逻辑信道来说，可能有些逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是不发生变化的，那么第一信息可以不包括这些逻辑信道对应的bitmap，而只包括逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化的逻辑信道对应的bitmap，通过这种方式可以有效节省信令开销，也减小终端设备的工作量。
例如，无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能对应的逻辑信道有4个，分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2、逻辑信道3和逻辑信道4，其中逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2具有关联关系，逻辑信道2与载波3具有关联关系，逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5具有关联关系，逻辑信道4与载波6具有关联关系。逻辑信道1对应于MAC实体1，逻辑信道2、逻辑信道3和逻辑信道4对应于MAC实体2。网络设备通过第一信令指示去激活逻辑信道3，则MAC实体2剩余的激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道2和逻辑信道4，那么网络设备可以确定将逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波与逻辑信道2和/或逻辑信道4建立关联关系。例如网络设备确定将逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波4和载波5均与逻辑信道2建立关联关系，也就是说，对于逻辑信道4来说，与载波之间的关联关系是不发生变化的。那么网络设备可以生成逻辑信道2对应的bitmap，而无需生成逻辑信道4对应的bitmap。例如bitmap有6位，每一位就代表一个载波，从高位到低位分别对应于载波1～载波6，则逻辑信道2对应的bitmap可以是001110，这就表明，要将逻辑信道2与载波3、载波4和载波5建立关联关系，而逻辑信道2原本就与载波3具有关联关系，因此终端设备可以再将逻辑信道2和载波4及载波5建立关联关系即可。
当然，对于剩余的激活的逻辑信道来说，即使有些逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不发生变化，第一信息也可以包括这些逻辑信道对应的bitmap，也就是说，如果剩余的激活 的逻辑信道的所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系都会发生变化，那么第一信息可以包括剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道对应的bitmap，而如果剩余的激活的逻辑信道中有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不会发生变化，则第一信息可以包括剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道对应的bitmap，或者也可以包括剩余的激活的逻辑信道的部分逻辑信道对应的bitmap，具体的不做限制。
如上所介绍的第一信息通过包括bitmap的方式来指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系，指示方式较为明确简单，便于终端设备根据第一信息进行设置。
另外，除了以上所介绍的第一方式的实现形式之外，第一方式还可以有其他的实现形式。或者说，除了以上所介绍的方式之外，第一方式还可以包括以下的几种实施方式中的一种或者它们的任意组合。
作为一种实施方式，第一方式可以是解除第二逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式，第二逻辑信道可以是剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个。在这种方式下，第一信息例如指示第二逻辑信道的ID以及第一载波的ID，从而终端设备就可以确定解除第二逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系。例如，对于第二逻辑信道来说，与多个载波之间具有关联关系，而第一载波的信道质量较差，对于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包来说第一载波的作用不大，因此网络设备可以通过第一信息指示解除第二逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系。
或者对于这种实施方式也可以理解为，第一方式可以是解除至少一个逻辑信道和相应的载波之间的关联关系的方式，至少一个逻辑信道可以是剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个或多个逻辑信道，对于至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道来说，相应的载波可以是指该逻辑信道所关联的全部的载波或者部分载波。
作为另一种实施方式，第一方式可以是解除第二逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系，以及建立第二载波和第三逻辑信道之间的关联关系，相当于，将第二载波从第二逻辑信道移到第三逻辑信道。第二逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道可以是剩余的激活的逻辑信道的两个。在这种方式下，第一信息例如指示第二逻辑信道的ID、第二载波的ID以及第三逻辑信道的ID，从而终端设备就可以确定解除第二逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系，以及建立第二载波和第三逻辑信道之间的关联关系。例如，第二逻辑信道与多个载波之间具有关联关系，且多个载波的信道质量都较好，而与第三逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波的信道质量可能都不是很好，那么网络设备可以指示解除第二逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系，以及建立第二载波和第三逻辑信道之间的关联关系，从而为第三逻辑信道关联信道质量较好的载波，以提高在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量。
当然在这种实施方式下也不限于只是移动一个载波，也可以对载波进行批量处理，例如可以解除第二逻辑信道和多个载波之间的关联关系，以及建立多个载波的每个载波与一个或多个逻辑信道之间的关联关系，或者可以解除多个逻辑信道和对应的载波之间的关联关系，以及建立解除关联关系的载波与一个或多个逻辑信道之间的关联关系，等等。
作为再一种实施方式，第一方式也可以是建立第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式，所述第三载波是未与该MAC实体的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波，第二逻辑信道为剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个。也就是说，第三载波之前未与该MAC实体的任一个逻辑信道建立关联关系，而网络设备可以通过第一信息指示将第三载波与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如，与第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波的信道质 量可能不是很好，而第三载波的信道质量较好，则网络设备可以指示将第三载波与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系，从而提高在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量。
当然在这种实施方式下也不限于只是移动一个载波，也可以对载波进行批量处理，例如可以建立第二逻辑信道和多个载波之间的关联关系，多个载波都是未与该MAC实体的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波，等等。
还有一种实施方式，第一方式可以是建立第二逻辑信道和第四载波之间的关联关系的方式，第四载波是第一信息所指示的载波，第二逻辑信道是所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个。例如，需要与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波可能是一个或多个，例如第一信息可以包括这些载波的ID，从而终端设备接收第一信息后，就可以将第一信息所包括的载波的ID对应的载波与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中，第四载波是需要与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波的任意一个。需要与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波，可以包括当前与该MAC实体的其他激活的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波、以及包括未与该MAC实体的任何逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波的至少一种。那么，如果需要与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波包括当前与该MAC实体的其他激活的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波，则终端设备接收第一信息后，需要解除这些载波与之前建立了关联关系的逻辑信道的关联关系，再将这些载波与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系；而如果需要与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波包括未与该MAC实体的任何逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波，则终端设备接收第一信令后，直接建立这些载波与第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系即可。
如上介绍了第一方式的多种实现形式，至于第一方式究竟采用哪一种，可以通过协议规定，或者由网络设备事先配置。
举例来讲，如果一个MAC实体的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道原本为第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道、第三逻辑信道和第四逻辑信道，之后网络设备又指示去激活第一逻辑信道，则该MAC实体的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道变为第二逻辑信道、第三逻辑信道和第四逻辑信道，例如网络设备是通过第一信令指示去激活第一逻辑信道。那么，网络设备可以在第一信令中携带第一信息，第一信息例如包括第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap、第三逻辑信道对应的bitmap和第四逻辑信道对应的bitmap，以指示这三个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，从而终端设备可以根据3个bitmap将载波与相应的逻辑信道进行关联。当然，如果第二逻辑信道、第三逻辑信道和第四逻辑信道中有逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系未发生改变，那么网络设备也可以不在第一信息中包括该未发生改变的逻辑信道的bitmap，从而节省信令开销，也减少终端设备对第一信息进行处理的步骤。
或者，如果一个MAC实体的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道原本为第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道、第三逻辑信道和第四逻辑信道，之后网络设备又指示去激活第一逻辑信道，则该MAC实体的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道变为第二逻辑信道、第三逻辑信道和第四逻辑信道。例如网络设备是通过第一信令指示去激活第一逻辑信道，第一信令还可以包括第一信息，第一信息可以指示按照第一方式设置激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，那么终端设备也可以按照第一方式来设置激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，这里的第一方式例如包括如前介绍的子方式1、子方式2、子方式3、子方式4、子方式5或子方式6中的至少一种。
或者，如果一个MAC实体的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道原本为 第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道、第三逻辑信道和第四逻辑信道，之后网络设备又指示去激活第一逻辑信道，则该无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道变为第二逻辑信道、第三逻辑信道和第四逻辑信道。例如网络设备是通过第一信令指示去激活第一逻辑信道，第一信令还可以包括第一信息，第一信息可以包括一个载波的ID或多个载波的ID，第一信息所包括的载波的ID对应的载波就是需要与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波，那么终端设备接收第一信息后，可以建立这些载波与第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系。
在本申请实施例中，如果第一逻辑信道被去激活，可以根据第一逻辑信道所属的MAC实体剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量来确定这些处于激活状态的逻辑信道对应的载波，在尽量提升系统容量的同时，也减少两个逻辑信道使用同一个载波的情况出现的可能性，保证能够完成PDCP重复传输功能。而且通过本申请实施例提供的方法，在有逻辑信道被去激活后，也可以明确剩余的逻辑信道究竟应该使用哪些载波，从而终端设备可以进行正确的操作。
另外，也可以通过第一信息指示按照第一方式来设置剩余的激活的逻辑信道与至少一个载波之间的关联关系，至少一个载波包括去激活的载波在去激活之前所关联的载波，也就是说，对于无线承载通过多个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的情况，如果有逻辑信道被去激活，那么本申请实施例提供了将去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波在剩余的激活的逻辑信道间进行分配的方法。而且第一方式可以有多种，较为灵活。
为了解决相同的技术问题，本申请实施例提供第二种通信方法，请参见图10，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图6或图7所示的网络架构为例。另外，该方法可由两个通信装置执行，这两个通信装置例如为第三通信装置和第四通信装置，其中，第三通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第三通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。对于第四通信装置也是同样，第四通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第四通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。且对于第五通信装置和第四通信装置的实现方式均不做限制，例如第三通信装置可以是网络设备，第四通信装置是终端设备，或者第三通信装置和第四通信装置都是网络设备，或者第三通信装置和第四通信装置都是终端设备，或者第三通信装置是网络设备，第四通信装置是能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，等等。其中，网络设备例如为基站。
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例，也就是，以第三通信装置是网络设备、第四通信装置是终端设备为例。如果将本实施例应用在图6所示的网络架构，因此，下文中所述的网络设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的网络设备，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的终端设备。或者，如果将本实施例应用在图7所示的网络架构，因此，下文中所述的网络设备可以是图7所示的网络架构中的第一网络设备或第二网络设备，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图7所示的网络架构中的终端设备。在下文的介绍中，主要以将本实施例应用在图7所示的网络架构为例。
S101、网络设备确定在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述 无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。或者，网络设备确定，在该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能被激活后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
第一逻辑信道属于无线承载，该无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。其中，该无线承载的PDCP实体与至少两个RLC实体关联，至少两个RLC实体用于执行PDCP重复传输功能。
其中，该无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能，可以理解为，在该无线承载的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于或等于2时，无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成至少两份，分别通过这至少两个逻辑信道传输，也就是说，至少两个逻辑信道传输的是被复制后的相同的数据包。其中，至少两个逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道可以传输一个数据包，也就是至少两个逻辑信道传输至少两个数据包，这至少两个数据包中，可能有一个数据包是原始数据包，其他的数据包是将该原始数据包进行复制后得到的数据包，总之，这至少两个数据包统称为被复制的数据包，或者称为在PDCP层被复制的数据包。后文中所述的“被复制的数据包”或“在PDCP层被复制的数据包”，均是相同的理解方式。
例如，可以预先设置无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，且对于一个逻辑信道来说，与载波之间的关联关系可以只设置一种，或者也可以设置多种。
例如，网络设备在确定要激活或去激活无线承载的逻辑信道时，可以确定在激活或去激活该无线承载的逻辑信道后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间应该使用何种关联关系。例如，网络设备要激活或去激活该无线承载的第一逻辑信道，那么网络设备可以一并确定在激活或去激活第一逻辑信道后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。在这种方式下，网络设备可以直接确定逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，也可以直接将逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系发送给终端设备，使得终端设备获取信息的方式更为直接。
或者，网络设备也可以确定标识，该标识用于指示在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
在本申请实施例中，可以由网络设备设置标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，网络设备设置该对应关系后可以发送给终端设备，则终端设备可以接收来自网络设备的该对应关系。或者，该对应关系也可以通过协议规定。其中，第一关联关系包括该无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，如果采用标识的第一种实现方式，则一个标识用于指示该无线承载的一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，如果采用标识的第二种实现方式，则一个标识用于指示该无线承载所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。关于标识的第一种实现方式和第二种实现方式，将在后文中介绍。
网络设备在确定要激活或去激活无线承载的逻辑信道时，可以确定在激活或去激活该无线承载的逻辑信道后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间应该使用何种关联关系。例如，网络设备要激活或去激活该无线承载的第一逻辑信道，那么网络设备可以一并确定在激活或去激活第一逻辑信道后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，从而网络设备可以从预先设置的标识与关联关系之间的对应关系中选择相应的标识，该标识所指示的关联关系就是在激活或去激活第一逻辑信道后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
或者，网络设备在确定要激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能时，可以确定在激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间应该 使用何种关联关系。例如，网络设备要激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能，那么网络设备可以一并确定在激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，从而网络设备可以从预先设置的标识与关联关系之间的对应关系中选择相应的标识，该标识所指示的关联关系就是在激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。此时，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道，可以是该无线承载的全部逻辑信道。
作为标识的第一种实现方式，可以为一个逻辑信道设置一个或多个标识，其中的每个标识就对应该逻辑信道与载波之间的一种关联关系。那么，如果为一个逻辑信道只设置了一个标识，则该逻辑信道与载波之间只存在一种关联关系，而如果为一个逻辑信道设置了多个标识，则该逻辑信道与载波之间可以存在多种关联关系。可以为该无线承载的每个逻辑信道都设置一个或多个标识，相当于可以为每个逻辑信道都设置一种或多种关联关系。其中，为不同的逻辑信道所设置的关联关系的数量可以相等，也可以不相等。
例如对于一个无线承载的逻辑信道1，可以预先设置3个标识，这3个标识对应于3种关联关系。例如逻辑信道1对应的关联关系可以通过列表形式实现，可参考表1。
表1
标识 逻辑信道1所关联的载波(小区)的ID
1 载波(小区)2，载波(小区)3
2 载波(小区)4，载波(小区)5
3 载波(小区)1
例如表1中，标识1对应的关联关系是，逻辑信道1与载波2和载波3之间的关联关系。当然，表1包括的内容只是示例。而且一个逻辑信道对应的关联关系也不限于通过列表形式实现。
作为标识的第二种实现方式，可以为一个无线承载的全部逻辑信道设置一个或多个标识，或者说，是为一个无线承载设置一个或多个标识，其中的一个索引就对应该无线承载的所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的一种关联关系。那么，如果为一个无线承载只设置了一个标识，则该无线承载的所有逻辑信道与载波之间都只存在一种关联关系，而如果为一个无线承载设置了多个标识，则该无线承载的所有逻辑信道与载波之间可以存在多种关联关系。
例如一个无线承载包括逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3，可以为这3个逻辑信道预先设置2个标识，这2个标识对应于2种关联关系，或者说，这2个标识对应于逻辑信道1和载波之间的2种关联关系、逻辑信道2和载波之间的2种关联关系、以及逻辑信道3和载波之间的2种关联关系。例如该无线承载的所有逻辑信道对应的关联关系可以通过列表形式实现，可参考表2。
表2
Figure PCTCN2019130433-appb-000001
例如表2中，标识1对应的关联关系是，逻辑信道1与载波2和载波3之间的关联关 系、逻辑信道2与载波4和载波5之间的关联关系、以及逻辑信道3与载波1之间的关联关系。当然，表2包括的内容只是示例。而且一个无线承载的所有逻辑信道对应的关联关系也不限于通过列表形式实现。
如果采用的是如上的标识的第一种实现方式，是为一个无线承载的每个逻辑信道分别设置一个或多个标识，那么网络设备在确定激活或去激活第一逻辑信道(或在确定激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能)时，可以一并确定至少一个标识，至少一个标识与剩余的激活的逻辑信道一一对应。在标识的第一种实现方式下，网络设备可以只需确定激活的逻辑信道所对应的标识，而无需确定被去激活的逻辑信道所对应的标识，且标识与逻辑信道一一对应，指示较为明确。更进一步的，如果是激活或去激活第一逻辑信道，则在去激活或激活第一逻辑信道后，无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中，可能有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化，而有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系并未发生变化，那么网络设备也可以只确定与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化的逻辑信道所对应的标识，这样既能够明确指示，又能节省信令开销。
例如，一个无线承载对应于三个逻辑信道，分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3，且通过协议预先规定了标识与关联关系之间的对应关系，该对应关系具体为，逻辑信道1对应标识1、逻辑信道2对应标识2和标识3、以及逻辑信道3对应标识4和标识5。在某个时刻，网络设备确定去激活逻辑信道2，则网络设备可以一并确定在去激活逻辑信道2后，逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系，以及逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系，并确定对应的标识。例如网络设备确定的标识包括逻辑信道1的标识1，以及逻辑信道3的标识4。或者，如果逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系并未发生变化，只是逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化，则网络设备只需确定标识4，无需确定标识1。
再例如，延续上个例子，在逻辑信道2被去激活后，网络设备又确定要激活逻辑信道2，则网络设备可以确定在激活逻辑信道2后，逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系，逻辑信道2与载波之间的关联关系，以及逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系，并确定对应的标识。例如网络设备确定的标识包括逻辑信道1的标识1，逻辑信道2的标识3，以及逻辑信道3的标识4。其中，逻辑信道2在被去激活之前，对应的标识可以是标识3，也可以是标识2，具体的不做限制。
或者，如果采用的是如上的标识的第二种实现方式，是为一个无线承载设置一个或多个标识，那么网络设备在确定激活或去激活第一逻辑信道(或在确定激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能)时，可以一并确定一个标识，这个标识可以指示该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。在这种情况下，由于一个标识可以对应一个无线承载的所有逻辑信道，那么网络设备向终端设备指示了一个标识，而如果网络设备是激活或去激活第一逻辑信道，则该标识所对应的某些逻辑信道可能是被去激活的逻辑信道，则终端设备忽略该标识所对应的这些逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系即可，只需根据该标识的指示设置激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。在标识的第二种实现方式下，网络设备只需发送一个标识即可指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，通过较少的信息指示了较多的内容，信息的利用率较高，且有助于节省信令开销。
例如，一个无线承载对应于三个逻辑信道，分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3，且通过协议预先规定了标识与关联关系之间的对应关系，该对应关系具体为，标识1与关联关系之间的对应关系，以及标识2与关联关系之间的对应关系，例如可参考表2。 在某个时刻，网络设备确定去激活逻辑信道2，则网络设备可以一并确定在去激活逻辑信道2后，逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系，以及逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系，并确定对应的标识。例如网络设备确定的标识为表2中的标识2。可以看到，标识2所对应的逻辑信道2是被去激活的逻辑信道，则终端设备忽略该标识所对应的逻辑信道2与载波之间的关联关系即可，只需根据该标识的指示设置逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系以及逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系。
再例如，延续上个例子，在逻辑信道2被去激活后，网络设备又确定要激活逻辑信道2，则网络设备可以确定在激活逻辑信道2后，逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系，逻辑信道2与载波之间的关联关系，以及逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系，并确定对应的标识。例如网络设备确定的标识为标识1。其中，逻辑信道2在被去激活之前，对应的标识可以是标识2，也可以是标识1，具体的不做限制。
S102、网络设备向终端设备发送第一信令，终端设备接收来自网络设备的所述第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一信令还指示，在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。其中，如果该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能之前未被激活，则第一信令可以是用于指示无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能被激活；或者，如果该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能之前已被激活，则第一信令可以指示无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能被去激活，或者可以指示该无线承载的第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活。
如果网络设备是将该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系直接携带在第一信令中发送给终端设备，也就是网络设备并未向终端设备发送标识，那么终端设备无需查找标识与关联关系之间的对应关系，而可以直接根据第一信令确定该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。在这种方式下，终端设备获取信息的方式更为直接。
其中，网络设备可以将剩余的每个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系都发给终端设备，或者，对于无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道来说，可能有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系相对于第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活之前，并未发生变化，那么网络设备也可以只将与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系发送给终端设备，而对于与载波之间的关联关系未发生变化的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，网络设备可以不发送给终端设备，这样既能够明确指示，又能节省信令开销。
或者，如果网络设备是将标识携带在第一信令中发送给终端设备，标识用于指示在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，那么，终端设备可以根据标识确定在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
例如，网络设备在确定激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能后，可以向终端设备发送第一信令，以指示激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能。第一信令可以携带该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或者可以携带标识。
或者，如果网络设备是在确定去激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能后，向终端设备发送第一信令，此时第一信令可以不携带标识，也不直接携带该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。因为在这种情况下，该无线承载的所有的逻辑信道都处于非激活状态，因此无需指示激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
或者，如果网络设备在确定激活或去激活第一逻辑信道后，可以向终端设备发送第一信令，以指示激活或去激活第一逻辑信道。第一信令可以携带该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或者可以携带标识。
S102是以网络设备将标识携带在第一信令中发送为例，或者另一种实现方式为，网络设备不将标识携带在第一信令中，而是通过其他的信令单独发送标识，例如网络设备通过第二信令发送标识。且如果网络设备通过第二信令发送标识，则网络设备可以先发送第一信令后发送第二信令，或者先发送第二信令后发送第一信令，或者同时发送第一信令和第二信令。
根据S101中的介绍可知，如果采用的是如上的标识的第一种实现方式，则第一信令携带的标识的数量可以等于无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量，可以理解为，第一信令携带的标识与无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道一一对应；或者，如果采用的是如上的标识的第一种实现方式，则第一信令携带的标识的数量也可以小于无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量，例如第一信令只是携带与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化的逻辑信道对应的标识。而如果采用的是如上的标识的第二种实现方式，则第一信令携带的标识的数量可以为1，这一个标识可以指示无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
其中，如果第一信令用于指示激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能，则无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道，可以是指在该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能被激活后，该无线承载的所有的处于激活状态的逻辑信道；或者，如果第一信令用于指示去激活该无线承载的PDCP重复传输功能，则无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道，应该数量是0，也就是说，该无线承载的所有的逻辑信道都被去激活；或者，如果第一信令用于指示激活或去激活该无线承载的第一逻辑信道，则无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道，可以是指在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，该无线承载剩余的处于激活状态的逻辑信道。
第一信令例如为DCI、MAC CE、RRC信令、RLC控制PDU、或者PDCP控制PDU，等等，具体的不做限制，只要第一信令用于指示去激活第一逻辑信道即可。
其中，RLC控制PDU是指不同于RLC数据PDU(RLC data PDU)的一种RLC PDU，通过包头的指示信息与RLC data PDU进行区分。一般来说是用于传递RLC层的控制信息或者反馈信息，在本申请实施例中可以用来传输与PDCP重复传输功能相关的控制信息，包含激活/去激活指示等。
PDCP控制PDU(PDCP control PDU)是指不同于PDCP数据PDU(PDCP data PDU)的一种PDCP PDU，通过包头的指示信息与PDCP data PDU进行区分。一般来说是用于传递PDCP层的控制信息或者反馈信息，在本申请实施例中可以用来传输与PDCP重复传输功能相关的控制信息，包含激活/去激活指示等。
S103、终端设备根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。其中，终端设备根据第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，也可以是，终端设备根据第一信令，设置无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。也就是说，终端设备可以先确定相应的关联关系，再设置相应的关联关系，或者终端设备可以直接设置相应的关联关系，而无需经历“确定”相应的关联关系的步骤。在后文的介绍过程中，以终端设备根据第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系为例。
其中，如果第一信令并未携带标识，而是携带该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，则终端设备可以直接根据第一信令确定该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或者，如果第一信令携带的是标识，那么终端设备可以根据该标识确定该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，而无需查找标识与关联关系之间的对应关系，较为简单。其中，如果网络设备发送的是剩余的每个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，则终端设备可以从第一信令获取剩余的每个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或者，如果网络设备发送的是剩余的部分激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，例如发送的是与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，则终端设备可以从第一信令获取剩余的部分激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。如果终端设备从第一信令获取的是剩余的部分激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，那么对于剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的另一部分逻辑信道(也就是第一信令中未携带与载波之间的关联关系的逻辑信道)，终端设备可以确定这些逻辑信道与载波之间的原有的关联关系可继续使用。
如果第一信令携带的标识的数量为1，则终端设备可以根据该标识确定无线承载剩余的所有激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。其中，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量可以是1，也可以大于1，如果该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1，表示采用的是标识的第一种实现方式，而如果该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1，表示采用的是标识的第一种实现方式或标识的第二种实现方式。总之终端设备根据一个标识可以一并确定该无线承载剩余的所有激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
例如，一个无线承载对应于三个逻辑信道，分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3，且通过协议预先规定了标识与关联关系之间的对应关系，该对应关系具体包括标识1与关联关系之间的对应关系，以及标识2与关联关系之间的对应关系，例如可参考表2。在某个时刻，网络设备确定去激活逻辑信道2，则网络设备可以一并确定在去激活逻辑信道2后，逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系，以及逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系，并确定对应的标识。例如网络设备确定的标识为表2中的标识2。网络设备发送的第一信令携带标识2，则终端设备可以根据表2确定标识2所对应的逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系，以及逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系。因为逻辑信道2是被去激活的逻辑信道，则终端设备忽略标识2所对应的逻辑信道2与载波之间的关联关系即可。
或者，如果第一信令携带的标识的数量大于1，则终端设备可以根据这些标识确定无线承载剩余的所有激活的逻辑信道或部分激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。其中，终端设备可以根据第一信令携带的标识确定无线承载剩余的每个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，也就是说，第一信令携带的标识与无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道一一对应；或者，终端设备也可以根据第一信令携带的标识确定无线承载剩余的部分激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，而对于无线承载剩余的另外一部分激活的逻辑信道，第一信令并未携带对应的标识，终端设备可以确定这些激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不发生变化。其中，第一信令携带的标识的数量大于1，表示采用的是标识的第一种实现方式。
例如，一个无线承载对应于三个逻辑信道，分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3，且通过协议预先规定了标识与关联关系之间的对应关系，该对应关系具体为，逻辑信道1对应标识1、逻辑信道2对应标识2和标识3、以及逻辑信道3对应标识4和标识5。 在某个时刻，网络设备确定去激活逻辑信道2，则网络设备可以一并确定在去激活逻辑信道2后，逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系，以及逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系，并确定对应的标识。例如网络设备确定的标识包括逻辑信道1的标识1，以及逻辑信道3的标识4。则网络设备发送的第一信令携带标识1和标识4，则终端设备可以根据对应关系确定标识2所对应的逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系，以及标识4对应的逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系。或者，如果逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系并未发生变化，只是逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化，则网络设备只需确定标识4，无需确定标识1。则网络设备发送的第一信令携带标识4，终端设备可以根据对应关系确定标识4对应的逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系，以及，终端设备可以确定逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系不发生变化。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备可以通过标识来显式指示逻辑信号与载波之间的关联关系，减小PDCP重复传输过程发生错误的可能性，且指示方式较为明确。且通过这种重新改变逻辑信号与载波之间的关联关系的方式，可以使得与被去激活的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波重新与其他逻辑信道建立关联关系，使得这些载波得到利用，因此有助于提高系统容量。
为了解决相同的技术问题，本申请实施例提供第三种通信方法，请参见图11，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图6或图7所示的网络架构为例。另外，该方法可由两个通信装置执行，这两个通信装置例如为第五通信装置和第六通信装置，其中，第五通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第五通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。对于第六通信装置也是同样，第六通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第六通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。且对于第五通信装置和第六通信装置的实现方式均不做限制，例如第五通信装置可以是网络设备，第六通信装置是终端设备，或者第五通信装置和第六通信装置都是网络设备，或者第五通信装置和第六通信装置都是终端设备，或者第五通信装置是网络设备，第六通信装置是能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，等等。其中，网络设备例如为基站。
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例，也就是，以第五通信装置是网络设备、第六通信装置是终端设备为例。如果将本实施例应用在图6所示的网络架构，因此，下文中所述的网络设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的网络设备，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的终端设备。或者，如果将本实施例应用在图7所示的网络架构，因此，下文中所述的网络设备可以是图7所示的网络架构中的第一网络设备或第二网络设备，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图7所示的网络架构中的终端设备。在下文的介绍中，主要以将本实施例应用在图7所示的网络架构为例。
S111、网络设备确定第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
其中，该无线承载的PDCP实体可以与至少两个RLC实体关联，至少两个RLC实体用于执行PDCP重复传输功能。
该无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能，可以理解为，在该无线承载的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于或等于2时，无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成至少两份，分别通过这至少两个逻辑信道传输，也就是说，至少两个逻辑信道传输的是被复制后的相同的数据包。其中，至少两个逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道可以传输一个数据包，也就是至少两个逻辑信道传输至少两个数据包，这至少两个数据包中，可能有一个数据包是原始数据包，其他的数据包是将该原始数据包进行复制后得到的数据包，总之，这至少两个数据包统称为被复制的数据包，或者称为在PDCP层被复制的数据包。后文中所述的“被复制的数据包”或“在PDCP层被复制的数据包”，均是相同的理解方式。
在本申请实施例中，该无线承载可以对应一个MAC实体，或者也可以对应多个MAC实体。如果该无线承载对应于多个MAC实体，那么，第一信息可以是指示当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，此时是不区分MAC实体的，第一信息指示的是所有的MAC实体的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；或者，如果该无线承载对应于多个MAC实体，那么，第一信息也可以是指示当无线承载的一个MAC实体(例如称为第一MAC实体)有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，也就是说，第一信息指示的是一个MAC实体的情况。
对于一个MAC实体来说，剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，也可以与剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量有关。因此，如果一个第一信息是指示第一MAC实体的情况，那么第一信息可以指示，当无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；或者，第一信息可以指示，当无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；或者，第一信息可以指示，当无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于或等于1时，剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
另外，这里也并不区分究竟激活或去激活的是哪些逻辑信道，第一信息只是泛指，无论哪个或哪些逻辑信道被激活或去激活，都可以通过第一信息来指示该无线承载或该无线承载的一个MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。那么网络设备在确定第一信息时，该无线承载可能已经有逻辑信道被去激活，或者，网络设备在确定第一信息时，该无线承载的所有的逻辑信道都处于初次被激活的状态，并没有逻辑信道被去激活，或者，网络设备在确定第一信息时，该无线承载的逻辑信道中有逻辑信道被去激活后又被激活，或者，网络设备是在确定要激活或去激活该无线承载的逻辑信道时确定第一信息，具体的不做限制。
例如，一个无线承载的架构如图5所示。网络设备可以确定第一信息，该第一信息可以指示，当该无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用或不适用。第一MAC实体可以是图5所示的MAC实体1或MAC实体2，被激活或去激活的逻辑信道可以是图5所示的逻辑信道1～逻辑信道4中的一个或多个。例如，第一信息指示，当该无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活， 且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，那么，例如MAC实体1的逻辑信道1被去激活，则MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1，终端设备可以确定MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，逻辑信道2可以使用MAC实体1的全部载波。
再例如，一个无线承载的架构如图9所示。网络设备可以确定第一信息，该第一信息可以指示，当该无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用或不适用，以及指示，当该无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用或不适用。第一MAC实体可以是图9所示的MAC实体1或MAC实体2，被激活或去激活的逻辑信道可以是图9所示的逻辑信道1～逻辑信道4中的一个或多个。例如，第一信息指示，当该无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用，那么，例如MAC实体1的逻辑信道1被去激活，则MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为2，终端设备可以确定MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
S112、网络设备向终端设备发送所述第一信息，终端设备接收来自网络设备的所述第一信息。
网络设备确定第一信息后，可以向终端设备发送第一信息。
例如，网络设备可以在激活或去激活该无线承载的逻辑信道时一并向终端设备发送第一信息，例如网络设备向终端设备发送第一信令，第一信令携带第一信息，第一信令用于激活或去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道。
第一信令例如为DCI、MAC CE、RRC信令、RLC控制PDU、或者PDCP控制PDU，等等，具体的不做限制，只要第一信令用于指示去激活第一逻辑信道即可。
其中，RLC控制PDU是指不同于RLC数据PDU(RLC data PDU)的一种RLC PDU，通过包头的指示信息与RLC data PDU进行区分。一般来说是用于传递RLC层的控制信息或者反馈信息，在本申请实施例中可以用来传输与PDCP重复传输功能相关的控制信息，包含激活/去激活指示等。
PDCP控制PDU(PDCP control PDU)是指不同于PDCP数据PDU(PDCP data PDU)的一种PDCP PDU，通过包头的指示信息与PDCP data PDU进行区分。一般来说是用于传递PDCP层的控制信息或者反馈信息，在本申请实施例中可以用来传输与PDCP重复传输功能相关的控制信息，包含激活/去激活指示等。
或者，网络设备也可以专门向终端设备发送第一信息，而无需在激活或去激活逻辑信道时向终端设备发送第一信息。
S113、终端设备获取第一信息。
其中，终端设备可以接收来自网络设备的第一信息，那么终端设备接收第一信息，就可以视为终端设备获取第一信息，在这种情况下，S112和S113可以是同一步骤。
或者，第一信息也可以是通过协议规定的，或者是预配置在终端设备中的，网络设备 无需向终端设备发送第一信息，则终端设备根据协议确定第一信息，或者终端设备获取预配置的第一信息，就可以视为是终端设备获取第一信息。在这种情况下，S111和S112也可以无需执行。
S114、终端设备根据所述第一信息确定，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
例如，一个无线承载的架构如图5所示。第一信息指示，当该无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。例如网络设备将第一信息携带在第一信令中发送，第一信令指示去激活MAC实体1的逻辑信道1，则MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1，终端设备可以确定MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用，或者说，终端设备确定逻辑信道2可以使用第一MAC实体的全部载波。
再例如，一个无线承载的架构如图9所示。第一信息指示，当该无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。例如第一信息是通过协议规定的，那么，如果MAC实体1的逻辑信道1被去激活，则MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为2，终端设备可以确定MAC实体1剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用，也就是说，确定逻辑信道2与载波之间的关联关系继续适用，以及确定逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
在本申请实施例中，可以通过第一信息来显式指示逻辑信号与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，减小PDCP重复传输过程发生错误的可能性，且指示方式较为明确。且，如果无线承载的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，则第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系可以不适用，通过这种方式，可以使得与被去激活的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波重新与其他逻辑信道建立关联关系，使得这些载波得到利用，因此有助于提高系统容量。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此，上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中，重复的内容不再赘述。
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1200的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1200例如为终端设备1200。终端设备1200包括处理模块1220和收发模块1210。其中，处理模块1220可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如图8所示的实施例中的S83，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1210可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图8所示的实施例中的S82，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
收发模块1210，用于接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被去激活；
处理模块1220，用于根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，所述第一逻辑信道和所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载，且所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，处理模块1220用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻 辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
作为一种可选的实施方式，处理模块1220，还用于确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
作为一种可选的实施方式，处理模块1220，用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，处理模块1220，用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1220可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1210可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图13所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1300。示例性地，通信设备1300例如为终端设备1300。终端设备1300包括处理器1310，存储器1320与收发器1330，其中，存储器1320中存储指令或程序，处理器1310用于执行存储器1320中存储的指令或程序。存储器1320中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器1310用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1220执行的操作，收发器1330用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1210执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的终端设备1200或终端设备1300可对应于图8所示的实施例中的终端设备，并且终端设备1200或终端设备1300中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1400的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1400例如为网络设备1400。网络设备1400包括处理模块1420和收发模块1410。其中，处理模块1420可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如图8所示的实施例中的S81，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。 收发模块1410可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图8所示的实施例中的S82，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
处理模块1420，用于确定去激活第一逻辑信道；
收发模块1410，用于向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示去激活所述第一逻辑信道，以指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信令还指示所述终端设备，确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1420可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1410可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图15所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1500。示例性地，通信设备1500例如为网络设备1500。网络设备1500包括处理器1510，存储器1520与收发器1530，其中，存储器1520中存储指令或程序，处理器1510用于执行存储器1520中存储的指令或程序。 存储器1520中存储的指令或程序被执行时，处理器1510用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1420执行的操作，收发器1530用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1410执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的网络设备1500或网络设备1500可对应于图8所示的实施例中的网络设备，并且网络设备1500或网络设备1500中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图16为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1600的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1600例如为终端设备1600。终端设备1600包括处理模块1620和收发模块1610。其中，处理模块1620可以用于执行图10所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如图10所示的实施例中的S103，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1610可以用于执行图10所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图10所示的实施例中的S102，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
收发模块1610，用于接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活；
处理模块1620，用于根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信令还携带标识，处理模块1620用于通过如下方式根据所述第一信令，确定无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系：
根据所述标识，确定所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述第一信令携带的标识的数量为1，所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或，
所述第一信令携带的标识的数量小于或等于所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量，其中的一个标识用于指示一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1610，还用于接收标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，所述第一关联关系包括所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，一个标识用于指示一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，一个标识用于指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
如图17所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1700。示例性地，通信设备1700例如为终端设备1700。终端设备1700包括处理器1710，存储器1720与收发器1730，其中，存储器1720中存储指令或程序，处理器1710用于执行存储器1720中存储的指令或程序。存储器1720中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器1710用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1620执行的操作，收发器1730用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1610执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的终端设备1600或终端设备1700可对应于图10所示的实施例中的终端设备，并且终端设备1600或终端设备1700中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图10所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1800的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1800例如为网络设备1800。网络设备1800包括处理模块1820和收发模块1810。其中，处理模块1820可以用于执行图10所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如图10所示的实施例中的S101，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。 收发模块1810可以用于执行图10所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图10所示的实施例中的S102，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
处理模块1820，用于确定在第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，所述无线承载为所述第一逻辑信道所属的无线承载，且所述无线被配置了PDCP重复传输功能；
收发模块1810，用于向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一信令还用于指示在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信令还携带标识，所述标识用于指示在所述第一逻辑信道被激活或去激活后，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系；或，
所述标识用于指示所述无线承载的一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1810，还用于向所述终端设备发送标识与第一关联关系之间的对应关系，所述第一关联关系包括所述无线承载的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，其中，一个标识用于指示一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系，或，一个标识用于指示所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1820可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1810可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图19所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1900。示例性地，通信设备1900例如为网络设备1900。网络设备1900包括处理器1910，存储器1920与收发器1930，其中，存储器1920中存储指令或程序，处理器1910用于执行存储器1920中存储的指令或程序。存储器1920中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器1910用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1820执行的操作，收发器1930用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1810执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的网络设备1800或网络设备1900可对应于图10所示的实施例中的第一网络设备，并且网络设备1800或网络设备1900中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图10所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图20为本申请实施例提供的通信设备2000的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备2000例如为终端设备2000。终端设备2000包括处理模块2020和收发模块2010。其中，处理模块2020可以用于执行图11所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如图11所示的实施例中的S113和S114，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块2010可以用于执行图11所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图11所示的实施例中的S112，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
处理模块2020，用于获取第一信息；
处理模块2020，还用于根据所述第一信息确定，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或 去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；和/或，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块2020可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块2010可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图21所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备2100。示例性地，通信设备2100例如为终端设备2100。终端设备2100包括处理器2110，存储器2120与收发器2130，其中，存储器2120中存储指令或程序，处理器2110用于执行存储器2120中存储的指令或程序。存储器2120中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器2110用于执行上述实施例中处理模块2020执行的操作，收发器2130用于执行上述实施例中收发模块2010执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的终端设备2000或终端设备2100可对应于图10所示的实施例中的第一网络设备，并且终端设备2000或终端设备2100中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图10所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图22为本申请实施例提供的通信设备2200的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备2200例如为网络设备2200。网络设备2200包括处理模块2220和收发模块2210。其中，处理模块2220可以用于执行图11所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如图11所示的实施例中的S111，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块2210可以用于执行图11所示的实施例中由网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图11所示的实施例中的S112，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
处理模块2220，用于确定第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，其中，所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能；
收发模块2210，用于向终端设备发送所述第一信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一信息用于指示，当无线承载有逻辑信道被激活或去激活时，所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用，包括：
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量为1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用；和/或，
所述第一信息用于指示，当所述无线承载对应的第一MAC实体有逻辑信道被激活或去激活，且所述第一MAC实体剩余的激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否继续适用。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块2220可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块2210可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图23所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备2300。示例性地，通信设备2300例如为网络设备2300。网络设备2300包括处理器2310，存储器2320与收发器2330，其中，存储器2320中存储指令或程序，处理器2310用于执行存储器2320中存储的指令或程序。存储器2320中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器2310用于执行上述实施例中处理模 块2220执行的操作，收发器2330用于执行上述实施例中收发模块2210执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的网络设备2200或网络设备2300可对应于图11所示的实施例中的网络设备，并且网络设备2200或网络设备2300中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图11所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述图8所示的方法实施例、图10所示的方法实施例、或图11所示的方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。
当该通信装置为终端设备时，图24示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便，图24中，终端设备以手机作为例子。如图24所示，终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是，有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。
当需要发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明，图24中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中，可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置，也可以是与处理器集成在一起，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图24所示，终端设备包括收发单元2410和处理单元2420。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器，处理单板，处理模块、处理装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元2410中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元2410中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元2410包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
应理解，收发单元2410用于执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元2420用于执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作。
例如，在一种实现方式中，收发单元2410用于执行图8所示的实施例中的终端设备侧的收发步骤，例如S83。处理单元2420，用于执行图8所示的实施例中的终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作，例如S82。
或者，收发单元2410用于执行上述图10所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元2420用于执行上述图10所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作。
例如，在一种实现方式中，收发单元2410用于执行图10所示的实施例中的终端设备侧的收发步骤，例如S103。处理单元2420，用于执行图10所示的实施例中的终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作，例如S102。
或者，收发单元2410用于执行上述图11所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元2420用于执行上述图11所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作。
例如，在一种实现方式中，收发单元2410用于执行图11所示的实施例中的终端设备侧的收发步骤，例如S113和S114。处理单元2420，用于执行图11所示的实施例中的终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作，例如S112。
当该通信装置为芯片时，该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口；处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。
本申请实施例中的通信装置为终端设备时，可以参照图25所示的设备。作为一个例子，该设备可以完成类似于图25中处理器2510的功能。在图25中，该设备包括处理器2510，发送数据处理器2520，接收数据处理器2530。上述实施例中的处理模块1220可以是图25中的该处理器2510，并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发模块1210可以是图25中的发送数据处理器2520，和/或接收数据处理器2530。或者，上述实施例中的处理模块1620可以是图25中的该处理器2510，并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发模块1610可以是图25中的发送数据处理器2520，和/或接收数据处理器2530。或者，上述实施例中的处理模块2020可以是图25中的该处理器2510，并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发模块2010可以是图25中的发送数据处理器2520，和/或接收数据处理器2530。
虽然图25中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器，但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明，仅是示意性的。
图26示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置2600中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的，该调制子系统可以包括处理器2603，接口2604。其中，处理器2603完成上述处理模块1220的功能，接口2604完成上述收发模块1210的功能。或者，处理器2603完成上述处理模块1620的功能，接口2604完成上述收发模块1610的功能。或者，处理器2603完成上述处理模块2020的功能，接口2604完成上述收发模块2010的功能。作为另一种变形，该调制子系统包括存储器2606、处理器2603及存储在存储器2606上并可在处理器上运行的程序，该处理器2603执行该程序时实现上述图8所示的方法实施例、图10所示的方法实施例、或图11所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。需要注意的是，所述存储器2606可以是非易失性的，也可以是易失性的，其位置可以位于调制子系统内部，也可以位于处理装置2600中，只要该存储器2606可以连接到所述处理器2603即可。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图10所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处 理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图10所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图11所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图11所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图10所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图10所示的方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图11所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图11所示的方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法。
应理解，本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
需要说明的是，当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时，存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。
应注意，本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及 算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请实施例的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (20)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被去激活；
    根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，所述第一逻辑信道和所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载，且所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
    当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
    当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
  6. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定去激活第一逻辑信道；
    向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示去激活所述第一逻辑信道，以指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信令还指示所述终端设备，确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
  10. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
  11. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，包括：
    收发模块，用于接收第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示第一逻辑信道被去激活；
    处理模块，用于根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，所述第一逻辑信道和所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载，且所述无线承载被配置了PDCP重复传输功能。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
    当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块，还用于确定所 述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
    当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
    当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
    当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用：
    当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
  16. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理模块，用于确定去激活第一逻辑信道；
    收发模块，用于向终端设备发送第一信令，所述第一信令用于指示去激活所述第一逻辑信道，以指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当处于激活状态的第二逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体时，确定所述第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述第一信令还指示所述终端设备，确定所述第二逻辑信道承载的数据包能够通过第一类载波传输，所述第一类载波包括所述MAC实体对应的全部载波，或所述第一类载波包括与所述第一逻辑信道在去激活前具有关联关系的载波以及与所述第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波。
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量为1时，确定所述处于 激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不适用；或，
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用；或，
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道属于同一个MAC实体，且所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道的数量大于1时，根据第一信息确定用于传输所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道承载的数据包的载波，其中，所述第一信息是从所述第一信令获取的，或所述第一信息为预设的信息。
  20. 根据权利要求16所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述第一信令指示所述终端设备根据处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道是否属于同一个MAC实体，确定所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是否适用，包括：
    所述第一信令指示所述终端设备，当所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与所述第一逻辑信道不属于同一个MAC实体时，所述处于激活状态的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系继续适用。
PCT/CN2019/130433 2019-04-22 2019-12-31 一种通信方法及设备 WO2020215796A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2019442572A AU2019442572B2 (en) 2019-04-22 2019-12-31 Communication method and device
EP19926359.1A EP3952515A4 (en) 2019-04-22 2019-12-31 METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
US17/507,508 US20220046754A1 (en) 2019-04-22 2021-10-21 Communication method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910324451.3 2019-04-22
CN201910324451.3A CN111835477B (zh) 2019-04-22 2019-04-22 一种通信方法及设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/507,508 Continuation US20220046754A1 (en) 2019-04-22 2021-10-21 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020215796A1 true WO2020215796A1 (zh) 2020-10-29

Family

ID=72912210

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/130433 WO2020215796A1 (zh) 2019-04-22 2019-12-31 一种通信方法及设备

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20220046754A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3952515A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN111835477B (zh)
AU (1) AU2019442572B2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2020215796A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023025461A1 (en) * 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 Nokia Technologies Oy Survival time state triggering and fallback for duplication with dual-connectivity

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021530170A (ja) * 2018-07-19 2021-11-04 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司Ｇｕａｎｇｄｏｎｇ Ｏｐｐｏ Ｍｏｂｉｌｅ Ｔｅｌｅｃｏｍｍｕｎｉｃａｔｉｏｎｓ Ｃｏｒｐ．， Ｌｔｄ． Ｄ２ｄ通信の方法及び端末デバイス

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107342851A (zh) * 2017-06-15 2017-11-10 电信科学技术研究院 一种重复传输的配置及重复传输方法及装置
WO2018164499A1 (ko) * 2017-03-10 2018-09-13 주식회사 케이티 버퍼 상태 리포트 전송 방법 및 그 장치

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102123487B (zh) * 2010-01-07 2014-08-06 中国移动通信集团公司 一种载波激活方法、装置和系统
CN104796227B (zh) * 2015-04-03 2018-11-02 电信科学技术研究院 一种数据传输方法及设备
CN108811175B (zh) * 2017-05-05 2020-07-28 华硕电脑股份有限公司 无线通信系统中传送数据复制的方法和设备
US10638487B2 (en) * 2017-06-15 2020-04-28 Ofinno, Llc Packet duplication control
US11363569B2 (en) * 2017-06-15 2022-06-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Logical channel mapping with packet duplication
CN109245870B (zh) * 2017-06-16 2021-12-28 华为技术有限公司 处理无线链路失败方法、终端设备和基站
CN109547168B (zh) * 2017-09-21 2021-07-20 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法、终端设备和网络设备
US10687248B2 (en) * 2017-09-25 2020-06-16 Ofinno, Llc Packet duplication activation and deactivation
CN110012454B (zh) * 2018-01-05 2023-07-14 夏普株式会社 用户设备和相关方法
CN111294171B (zh) * 2018-12-10 2021-05-18 华为技术有限公司 一种配置逻辑信道的方法及设备
WO2020147051A1 (zh) * 2019-01-16 2020-07-23 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种传输数据的方法和终端设备
MX2021009221A (es) * 2019-02-03 2021-09-08 Fg innovation co ltd Duplicado evolucionado de protocolo de convergencia de datos de paquete.

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018164499A1 (ko) * 2017-03-10 2018-09-13 주식회사 케이티 버퍼 상태 리포트 전송 방법 및 그 장치
CN107342851A (zh) * 2017-06-15 2017-11-10 电信科学技术研究院 一种重复传输的配置及重复传输方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON.: "MAC Impact of PDCP Duplication.", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 #98-AH TDOC R2-1707173., 29 June 2017 (2017-06-29), XP051306863, DOI: 20200303125152A *
NOKIA ET AL.: "Duplication with Multiple Legs in SgNB.", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG3 MEETING #103 R3-180218., 1 March 2019 (2019-03-01), XP051604161, DOI: 20200303124852X *
SAMSUNG.: "Discussion on PDCP Data Volume Calculation During PDCP Duplication.", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #100 R2-1712964., 1 December 2017 (2017-12-01), XP051371077, DOI: 20200303124847X *
See also references of EP3952515A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023025461A1 (en) * 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 Nokia Technologies Oy Survival time state triggering and fallback for duplication with dual-connectivity

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20220046754A1 (en) 2022-02-10
CN111835477A (zh) 2020-10-27
AU2019442572B2 (en) 2023-08-03
CN111835477B (zh) 2022-04-05
EP3952515A4 (en) 2022-06-08
EP3952515A1 (en) 2022-02-09
AU2019442572A1 (en) 2021-11-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11799968B2 (en) Communications method and apparatus
WO2020119461A1 (zh) 一种配置逻辑信道的方法及设备
WO2019019224A1 (zh) 命令接收方法、装置及通信系统
WO2020216133A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
US20220046754A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021258766A1 (zh) 一种配置终端设备的方法及设备
WO2021036569A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2020088611A1 (zh) 一种重置mac层、数据传输方法及装置
WO2021097689A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及设备
WO2022222081A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质
WO2021238318A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021134763A1 (zh) 一种恢复传输的方法、装置及设备
WO2021027786A1 (zh) 一种ue上报udc信息方法及设备
WO2021087888A1 (zh) 一种rrc连接恢复方法及设备
WO2021127943A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和终端设备
WO2021088063A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US20240147233A1 (en) System for and method of deauthentication or disassociation for a connection
WO2020140844A1 (zh) 一种选择传输模式的方法及设备
WO2021063192A1 (zh) 通信方法及相关产品
WO2021179962A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023151464A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
EP4362522A1 (en) System for and method of deauthentication or disassociation for a connection
WO2023246746A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及相关设备
WO2021004234A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及通信装置
WO2022141298A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19926359

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019926359

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20211105

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019442572

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20191231

Kind code of ref document: A